[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022202098A1 - Photosensitive resin composition - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022202098A1
WO2022202098A1 PCT/JP2022/007899 JP2022007899W WO2022202098A1 WO 2022202098 A1 WO2022202098 A1 WO 2022202098A1 JP 2022007899 W JP2022007899 W JP 2022007899W WO 2022202098 A1 WO2022202098 A1 WO 2022202098A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bond
photosensitive resin
group
resin composition
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/007899
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
貴文 遠藤
秀則 石井
崇洋 坂口
浩司 荻野
有輝 星野
Original Assignee
日産化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学株式会社
Priority to CN202280019418.XA priority Critical patent/CN116982003A/en
Priority to KR1020237030944A priority patent/KR20230160249A/en
Priority to JP2023508841A priority patent/JPWO2022202098A1/ja
Publication of WO2022202098A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022202098A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
    • H01L21/0271Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
    • H01L21/0273Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers characterised by the treatment of photoresist layers
    • H01L21/0274Photolithographic processes

Definitions

  • the present invention provides a photosensitive resin composition, a resin film obtained from the composition, a photosensitive resist film using the composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a cured relief pattern. semiconductor device.
  • polyimide resin which has excellent heat resistance, electrical properties, and mechanical properties, has been used as an insulating material for electronic parts, and as a passivation film, surface protective film, interlayer insulating film, etc. for semiconductor devices.
  • these polyimide resins those provided in the form of a photosensitive polyimide precursor easily form a heat-resistant relief pattern film by thermal imidization treatment by applying, exposing, developing, and curing the precursor. be able to.
  • Such a photosensitive polyimide precursor has the feature of enabling a significant process reduction compared to conventional non-photosensitive polyimide resins.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 propose a photosensitive resin composition containing polyamic acid or polyimide using a diamine having a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the photosensitive resin used to obtain the hardened relief pattern is divided into two types: the positive type, in which the photosensitive resin in the exposed areas is dissolved in the developer by exposure and development, leaving the photosensitive resin in the unexposed areas, and the photosensitive resin in the unexposed areas. is dissolved in the developer, and the photosensitive resin in the exposed areas remains.
  • the negative type is inferior to the positive type in resolution, but is easy to form a thick film or a film, and is excellent in reliability.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition that can be developed with an organic solvent, has a low dielectric loss tangent in the resulting cured film and has a high tensile elongation, and a photosensitive resin composition obtained from the composition.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a resin film obtained by the composition, a photosensitive resist film using the composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device having a cured relief pattern.
  • a photosensitive resin composition contains an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid having three or more aromatic rings.
  • organic solvent development is possible, and a photosensitive resin composition having a low dielectric loss tangent and a high tensile elongation in the resulting cured film can be obtained.
  • the present invention has been completed.
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising a reaction product of an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings, and a solvent.
  • the polyamic acid has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (1)
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to [2], wherein the polyimide has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
  • Ar 1 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring
  • Ar 2 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings.
  • Ar 3 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring
  • Ar 4 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, or a sulfonyl bond.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Y represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2).
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3; When there are multiple R 1 s, the multiple R 1s may be the same or different. When there are multiple R 2 s, the multiple R 2s may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
  • Z 1 represents a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, or a sulfonyl bond.
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • m1 represents an integer of 0 to 3;
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • Z 1 is plural, the plural Z 1 may be the same or different.
  • n4 is plural, the plural n4 may be the same or different.
  • R 3 is plural, the plural R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 4 is plural, the plural R 4 may be the same or different.
  • Z 2 represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (4) or (5) below.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 5 is plural, the plural R 5 may be the same or different. When R 6 is plural, the plural R 6 may be the same or different.
  • * represents a bond.
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. * represents a bond.
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. * represents a bond.
  • Ar 1 in the formula (1) and Ar 3 in the formula (2) are divalent organic groups represented by the following formula (6): A photosensitive resin composition.
  • Z3 represents an ether bond , an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond
  • Z4 represents a direct bond, an ester bond or an amide bond.
  • Z5 represents a direct bond, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thioether bond, or sulfonyl bond.
  • m2 represents an integer of 0 to 1;
  • R 11 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond.
  • [6] The photosensitive resin composition according to [ 5 ], wherein Z3 and Z4 in formula ( 6 ) are ester bonds.
  • [7] The photosensitive resin composition according to [5] or [6], wherein R 11 in formula (6) is a 1,2-ethylene group.
  • a photosensitive resist film comprising a substrate film, a photosensitive resin layer formed from the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], and a cover film.
  • [15] (1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11] onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate; (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern; (4) A method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, comprising the step of heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
  • the method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate according to [15] wherein the developer used for the development is an organic solvent.
  • a substrate with a cured relief pattern produced by the method according to [15] or [16].
  • a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided above or below the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film comprises the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11].
  • a semiconductor device that is a cured relief pattern formed from a material.
  • a photosensitive resin composition that can be developed with an organic solvent and has a low dielectric loss tangent and a high tensile elongation in the resulting cured film, a resin film obtained from the composition, A photosensitive resist film using the composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device having a cured relief pattern are obtained.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least a reaction product and a solvent, and further contains other components as necessary.
  • the reaction product is a reaction product between an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings.
  • the reaction product contains, as constituent components, an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings, and if necessary, other diamines as constituent components. compounds, and other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives.
  • the reaction product is, for example, polyamic acid or polyimide obtained by dehydration ring closure of polyamic acid.
  • Photosensitivity is imparted to the resin composition containing the reaction product by including the aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group in the reaction product.
  • the reaction product contains an aromatic diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings as constituent components, the obtained cured film has a low dielectric loss tangent and a high tensile elongation. .
  • aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group two amino groups may be bonded to one aromatic ring or may be bonded to each of the two aromatic rings.
  • Aromatic rings include aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic heterocycles, and the like.
  • the aromatic diamine compound may have an aromatic ring to which no amino group is bonded.
  • photopolymerizable groups examples include radically polymerizable groups, cationic polymerizable groups, and anionically polymerizable groups. Among these, a radically polymerizable group is preferred.
  • examples of radically polymerizable groups include acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, propenyl ether groups, vinyl ether groups, and vinyl groups.
  • the reaction product contains an aromatic diamine compound having three or more aromatic rings as a diamine compound other than the aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group in the resulting cured film. It is preferable in that dielectric loss tangent and higher tensile elongation can be obtained.
  • the number of aromatic rings in the aromatic diamine compound having 3 or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited as long as it is 3 or more, but may be 4 or more, for example.
  • the upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
  • aromatic rings in "3 or more aromatic rings” polycyclic aromatic rings formed by condensing two or more aromatic rings such as naphthalene ring and anthracene ring are counted as one aromatic ring. . Therefore, a naphthalene ring is counted as one aromatic ring.
  • a biphenyl ring is not a fused ring and counts as two aromatic rings.
  • a perylene ring is regarded as a structure formed by bonding two naphthalene rings and counted as two aromatic rings.
  • Aromatic rings include aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic heterocycles, and the like.
  • tetracarboxylic acid derivatives examples include tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid dihalide, tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, and tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide.
  • Carboxylic dianhydrides are preferred.
  • Aromatic tetracarboxylic acids refer to compounds having a total of four carboxy groups attached to the same or different aromatic rings.
  • the number of aromatic rings in the tetracarboxylic acid derivative having 3 or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited as long as it is 3 or more, but may be 4 or more, for example.
  • the upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
  • the ratio of the aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group to the total diamine compound constituting the reaction product is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient photosensitivity, 10 to 100 mol% is preferable, and 50 to 50 mol%. 100 mol % is more preferred.
  • the ratio of the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings to the total tetracarboxylic acid derivative constituting the reaction product is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention, it is 20. ⁇ 100 mol% is preferred, and 50 to 100 mol% is more preferred.
  • the reaction product is preferably a polyamic acid or a polyimide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing a polyamic acid. From the viewpoint of obtaining a finer relief pattern, polyimide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing a polyamic acid is more preferable.
  • the imidization rate of polyimide need not be 100%.
  • the imidization rate may be, for example, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more.
  • Polyamic acid preferably has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (1).
  • Polyimide preferably has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
  • Ar 1 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring
  • Ar 2 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings.
  • Ar 3 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring
  • Ar 4 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 3 are divalent organic groups having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and are not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • the divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring is a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group. Examples of the photopolymerizable group include the photopolymerizable groups described above.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 3 are preferably divalent organic groups represented by the following formula (6).
  • Z 3 is an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) or a urea bond (-NHCONH-).
  • Z 4 represents a direct bond, an ester bond (--COO--) or an amide bond (--NHCO--).
  • Z 5 is a direct bond, ether bond (-O-), ester bond (-COO-), amide bond (-NHCO-), urethane bond (-NHCOO-), urea bond (-NHCONH-), thioether bond (- S—) or a sulfonyl bond (—SO 2 —).
  • m2 represents an integer from 0 to 1;
  • R 11 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond.
  • alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group
  • examples of the alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group include 1,1-ethylene group, 1,2-ethylene group, 1,2-propylene group, 1,3-propylene group, 1,4-butylene group, 1,2-butylene group, 2,3-butylene group, 1,2-pentylene group, 2,4-pentylene group, 1,2-hexylene group, 1,2-cyclopropylene group , 1,2-cyclobutylene group, 1,3-cyclobutylene group, 1,2-cyclopentylene group, 1,2-cyclohexylene group, alkylene in which at least part of these hydrogen atoms are substituted with hydroxyl groups groups (eg, 2-hydroxy-1,3-propylene group) and the like.
  • hydroxyl groups groups eg, 2-hydroxy-1,3-propylene group
  • Z3 is preferably an ester bond.
  • Z4 is preferably an ester bond.
  • R 11 is preferably a 1,2-ethylene group.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by Formula (6) include the following divalent organic groups.
  • * represents a bond. The two bonds are, for example, positioned meta to a substituent having a photopolymerizable group.
  • Ar 2 in formula (1) and Ar 4 in formula (2) are not particularly limited as long as they are tetravalent organic groups having three or more aromatic rings and exhibiting the effect of the present invention. , is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (3) from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention.
  • X 1 and X 2 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Y represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2).
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3; When there are multiple R 1 s, the multiple R 1s may be the same or different. When there are multiple R 2 s, the multiple R 2s may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
  • Examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 1 and R 2 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
  • an alkyl group unless otherwise specified for its structure, may be linear, branched, cyclic, or two or more of these.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
  • “1 to 6 carbon atoms" in “optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • Z 1 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), a urea bond ( -NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • m1 represents an integer of 0 to 3;
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • Z 1 is plural, the plural Z 1 may be the same or different.
  • n4 When n4 is plural, the plural n4 may be the same or different.
  • R 3 When R 3 is plural, the plural R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 4 When R 4 is plural, the plural R 4 may be the same or different.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Z 2 represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (4) or (5) below.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 5 is plural, the plural R 5 may be the same or different.
  • R 6 When R 6 is plural, the plural R 6 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
  • Examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 include an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, An optionally substituted phenyl group is included.
  • Substituents include, for example, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, a nitro group, a nitroso group, an oxo group, a thioxy group, and 1 carbon atom. alkoxy groups of 1 to 6, and the like.
  • the "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "hydrocarbon group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 include, for example, the substituted alkyl group exemplified in the description of R 1 and R 2 A good alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is exemplified.
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. * represents a bond.
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. * represents a bond.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 7 and R 8 includes, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. groups, phenyl groups, halogenated phenyl groups, and the like.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
  • Examples of the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom.
  • the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the halogenated phenyl group may be partially or wholly halogenated.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, sulfo group, amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
  • the optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms includes, for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms examples include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, and butylene group.
  • the "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkylene group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, an optionally halogenated C 1 to 6 alkyl group, halogen alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and the like. Halogenation may be partially or wholly.
  • the arylene group includes, for example, a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • the "6 to 10 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "arylene group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (4) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (5) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
  • R 13 to R 15 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom represents an alkoxy group.
  • n13 represents an integer of 0 to 5;
  • n14 and n15 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • R 13 is plural, the plural R 13 may be the same or different.
  • R 14 is plural, the plural R 14 may be the same or different.
  • R 15 is plural, the plural R 15 may be the same or different.
  • * represents a bond.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 13 to R 15 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogen having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
  • the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom.
  • a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be partially or completely halogenated.
  • alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 13 to R 15 are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. based on.
  • Ar 2 and Ar 4 include, for example, tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • * represents a bond.
  • the polyamic acid may have structural units other than the structural unit represented by formula (1).
  • Other structural units include, for example, structural units represented by the following formula (1′).
  • Polyimide may have structural units other than the structural unit represented by formula (2).
  • Other structural units include, for example, structural units represented by the following formula (2′).
  • Ar 1 ' is a divalent organic group other than a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring or a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring
  • Ar 2′ represents a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings or a tetravalent organic group having no 3 or more aromatic rings.
  • Ar 1' is a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring and Ar 2' is a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings is excluded.
  • Ar 3′ is a divalent organic group other than a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring or a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring and Ar 4′ represents a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings or a tetravalent organic group having no 3 or more aromatic rings.
  • Ar 3' is a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring and Ar 4' is a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings is excluded.
  • Combinations of Ar 1′ and Ar 2′ include the following combinations (i) to (iii). (i): A combination in which Ar 1′ represents a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 2′ represents a tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings (ii) ): Ar 1′ represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 2′ is a tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings (iii): Ar 1 ' represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 2 ' has three or more aromatic rings 4 a combination representing a valent organic group
  • Combinations of Ar 3′ and Ar 4′ include the following combinations (iv) to (vi).
  • Ar 3' represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring
  • Ar 4' is a tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings
  • Ar 3 ' represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring
  • Ar 4 ' has three or more aromatic rings 4 a combination representing a valent organic group
  • ⁇ Ar 1′ and Ar 3′ As the divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring in Ar 1' and Ar 3' , for example, the divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring exemplified in the description of Ar 1 and Ar 3 organic group.
  • the divalent organic group other than the photopolymerizable group and the divalent organic group having an aromatic ring in Ar 1' and Ar 3' is not particularly limited, but the resulting cured film has a lower dielectric loss tangent and a higher A divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is preferred because it provides high tensile elongation.
  • the divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited, it is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (13).
  • X 21 and X 22 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Y 20 represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (13-1) or (13-2).
  • n21 and n22 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 21 is plural, the plural R 21 may be the same or different. When R 22 is plural, the plural R 22 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
  • optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 21 and R 22 include the optionally substituted alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms exemplified in the description of R 1 and R 2 .
  • An alkyl group is mentioned.
  • “1 to 6 carbon atoms" of “optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • Z 21 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), a urea bond ( -NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
  • R 23 and R 24 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • m21 represents an integer of 0 to 3;
  • n23 and n24 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • the plural Z 21 may be the same or different.
  • n24 When n24 is plural, the plural n24 may be the same or different.
  • R 23 When R 23 is plural, the plural R 23 may be the same or different.
  • R 24 When R 24 is plural, the plural R 24 may be the same or different.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Z 22 represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (14) or (15) below.
  • R 25 and R 26 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • n25 and n26 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • R 25 When R 25 is plural, the plural R 25 may be the same or different.
  • R 26 When R 26 is plural, the plural R 26 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
  • optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are those in the description of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 Examples include optionally substituted hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • “1 to 6 carbon atoms" of “optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "hydrocarbon group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 include, for example, the substituted alkyl group exemplified in the description of R 1 and R 2 A good alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is exemplified.
  • R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. * represents a bond.
  • R 29 and R 30 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. * represents a bond.
  • hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 27 and R 28 are optionally substituted with the halogen atoms exemplified in the description of R 7 and R 8
  • a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be mentioned.
  • optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 29 and R 30 include the optionally substituted alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms exemplified in the description of R 9 and R 10 .
  • An alkylene group is mentioned.
  • the "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkylene group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms for R 29 and R 30 include the optionally substituted arylene groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms exemplified in the description of R 9 and R 10 .
  • An arylene group is mentioned.
  • the "6 to 10 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "arylene group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (14) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (15) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • R 33 to R 35 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom represents an alkoxy group.
  • n33 represents an integer of 0 to 5;
  • n34 and n35 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • R 33 is plural, the plural R 33 may be the same or different.
  • R 34 is plural, the plural R 34 may be the same or different.
  • R 35 is plural, the plural R 35 may be the same or different.
  • * represents a bond.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 33 to R 35 include the carbon atoms optionally substituted by halogen atoms exemplified in the description of R 13 to R 15 Examples include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 atoms.
  • Specific examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 33 to R 35 are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, based on.
  • Ar 1' and Ar 3' include, for example, divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Ar 1′ and Ar 3′ include, for example, divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • * represents a bond.
  • ⁇ Ar 2′ and Ar 4′ Examples of the tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings for Ar 2' and Ar 4' include the tetravalent organic groups having 3 or more aromatic rings exemplified in the description of Ar 2 and Ar 4 . groups.
  • the tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings in Ar 2' and Ar 4' is, for example, a tetravalent organic group having one or two aromatic rings or an aromatic ring.
  • a tetravalent organic group that does not have A tetravalent organic group having one or two aromatic rings is derived, for example, from an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride derivative.
  • the tetravalent organic group having no aromatic ring is derived from, for example, an aliphatic tetracarboxylic anhydride derivative.
  • examples of such a tetravalent organic group include, but are not particularly limited to, the following tetravalent organic groups.
  • * represents a bond.
  • the ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (1) in the total structural units of the polyamic acid is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient photosensitivity, it is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, and 50 to 100 mol%. more preferred.
  • a structural unit is also a repeating unit.
  • the proportion of the structural unit represented by the formula (1′) in the total structural units of the polyamic acid is not particularly limited, but is 1 to 90 mol. %, more preferably 1 to 50 mol %.
  • the polyimide may have a structural unit represented by formula (1) in addition to the structural unit represented by formula (2).
  • the total ratio of the structural units represented by the formula (1) and the structural units represented by the formula (2) in the total structural units of the polyimide is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient photosensitivity, it is 10 ⁇ 100 mol% is preferred, and 50 to 100 mol% is more preferred.
  • the structural unit represented by the formula (1') in all the structural units of the polyimide and the structural unit represented by formula (2′) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 90 mol %, more preferably 1 to 50 mol %.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the reaction product is not particularly limited. 0000 is preferred, 7,000 to 50,000 is more preferred, 10,000 to 50,000 is even more preferred, and 10,000 to 40,000 is particularly preferred.
  • the reaction product comprises an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group, a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings, and optionally other diamine compounds and other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives. Obtained by reaction.
  • the method for producing the reaction product is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a known method for obtaining polyamic acid or polyimide by reacting a diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative.
  • Polyamic acid and polyimide can be synthesized by a known method as described in WO2013/157586, for example.
  • the reaction product is produced, for example, by reacting (condensation polymerization) a diamine component containing an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group with a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component having three or more aromatic rings in a solvent. It is done by reacting (condensation polymerization) a diamine component containing an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group with a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component having three or more aromatic rings in a solvent. It is done by reacting (condensation polymerization) a diamine component containing an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group with a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component having three or more aromatic rings in a solvent. It is done by reacting (condensation polymerization) a diamine component containing an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group with a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component having three or more aromatic rings in a solvent.
  • solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyric acid amide, dimethylsulfoxide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
  • the polymer has high solvent solubility, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, or the following formulas [D-1] to [D-3] Any of the indicated solvents can be used.
  • D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • -3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even a solvent that does not dissolve the reaction product may be used by mixing with the above solvent within the range that the reaction product does not precipitate.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the initial stage of the reaction may be carried out at a high concentration, and then the solvent may be added.
  • the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative component is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. As in a normal polycondensation reaction, the closer this molar ratio is to 1.0, the greater the molecular weight of the reaction product produced.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitor When reacting the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative component, a thermal polymerization inhibitor may be added to the reaction system in order to avoid polymerization of the photopolymerizable group.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether.
  • diaminetetraacetic acid 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-( N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt and the like.
  • the amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor used is not particularly limited.
  • Polyimide is obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing the polyamic acid, which is the reaction product obtained in the above reaction.
  • Methods for obtaining polyimide include thermal imidization in which the polyamic acid solution, which is the reaction product obtained in the above reaction, is heated as it is, and chemical imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyamic acid solution.
  • the temperature for thermal imidization in a solution is 100 to 400° C., preferably 120 to 250° C. It is preferable to perform the imidization reaction while removing water produced by the imidization reaction from the system.
  • the chemical imidization can be carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the polyamic acid solution obtained by the reaction and stirring at -20 to 250°C, preferably 0 to 180°C. .
  • the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.1 to 30 mol times, preferably 0.2 to 20 mol times the amount of the amic acid groups, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times the amount of the amic acid groups, preferably 1. 5 to 30 mol times.
  • the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine. Among them, triethylamine is preferred because it hardly produces polyisoimide as a by-product.
  • Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride. Among them, acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated.
  • the rate of imidization by chemical imidization (ratio of repeating units to be ring-closed to all repeating units of the polyimide precursor, also referred to as rate of ring closure) can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time. can.
  • the reaction solution may be put into a solvent to precipitate.
  • Solvents used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water.
  • the polymer precipitated by putting it into a solvent can be filtered and recovered, and then dried at room temperature or under heat under normal pressure or reduced pressure.
  • polyimide In polyimide, some or all of the repeating units are ring-closed.
  • the imidization rate of polyimide is preferably 20 to 99%, preferably 30 to 99%, more preferably 50 to 99%.
  • the polyimide may be end-sealed.
  • a method for terminal blocking is not particularly limited, and for example, a conventionally known method using a monoamine or an acid anhydride can be used.
  • solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition it is preferable to use an organic solvent from the viewpoint of the solubility of the reaction product.
  • an organic solvent from the viewpoint of the solubility of the reaction product.
  • D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • -3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the solvent is in the range of, for example, 30 parts by mass to 1500 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 1000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, depending on the desired coating thickness and viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition. can be used in the range of
  • the photosensitive resin composition may further contain components other than the reaction product and the solvent.
  • Other components include, for example, photoradical polymerization initiators (also referred to as “photoradical initiators”), crosslinkable compounds (also referred to as “crosslinkers”), thermosetting agents, other resin components, fillers, and sensitizers. , adhesion aids, thermal polymerization inhibitors, azole compounds, hindered phenol compounds, and the like.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that absorbs the light source used for photocuring. benzoyldioxy)hexane, 1,4-bis[ ⁇ -(tert-butyldioxy)-iso-propoxy]benzene, di-tert-butyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(tert-butyldioxy)hexene Hydroperoxide, ⁇ -(iso-propylphenyl)-iso-propyl hydroperoxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, 1,1-bis(tert-butyldioxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, butyl-4,4- Bis(tert-butyldioxy)valerate, cyclohexanone peroxide, 2,2′,5,5′-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benz
  • Radical photopolymerization initiators are commercially available, for example, IRGACURE [registered trademark] 651, 184, 2959, 127, 907, 369, 379EG, 819, 819DW, 1800, 1870, 784, OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04, 250, 1173, MBF, TPO, 4265, TPO (manufactured by BASF), KAYACURE [registered trademark] DETX-S, MBP, DMBI, EPA, OA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), VICURE-10, 55 (manufactured by STAUFFER Co.
  • IRGACURE registered trademark
  • the content of the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass. part is more preferred. If it contains 0.1 parts by mass or more of the photoradical polymerization initiator with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, the photosensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition is likely to be improved, on the other hand, if it contains 20 parts by mass or less is likely to improve the thick-film curability of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • a monomer having a photoradical polymerizable unsaturated bond (a crosslinkable compound) can be arbitrarily included in the photosensitive resin composition.
  • a crosslinkable compound a (meth)acrylic compound that undergoes a radical polymerization reaction with a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • acrylate ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol mono or di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol or polypropylene glycol mono or di (meth) acrylate, glycerol mono, di or tri (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (Meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di( meth)acrylate, cyclohexane di(meth)acrylate, cyclohexanedimethanol di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol di(meth)acrylate, dioxane glycol di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol A mono- or di(meth)acrylate ) acrylate, di(meth)acrylate of bisphenol F, di(me
  • the content of the crosslinkable compound is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
  • heat curing agent examples include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, tetramethoxymethylglycoluril, tetramethoxymethylbenzoguanamine, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis ( butoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)urea and 1, 1,3,3-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)urea and the like.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited.
  • fillers include inorganic fillers, and specific examples include sols of silica, aluminum nitride, boron nitride, zirconia, alumina, and the like.
  • the content of the filler in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may further contain a resin component other than the reaction product.
  • resin components that can be contained in the photosensitive resin composition include polyoxazoles, polyoxazole precursors, phenol resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, siloxane resins, and acrylic resins.
  • the content of these resin components is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may optionally contain a sensitizer to improve photosensitivity.
  • Sensitizers include, for example, Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal) Cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamyl denindanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylideneindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzo
  • the content of the sensitizer is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
  • an adhesion promoter can optionally be added to the photosensitive resin composition in order to improve the adhesion between the film formed using the photosensitive resin composition and the substrate.
  • adhesion promoters include ⁇ -aminopropyldimethoxysilane, N-( ⁇ -aminoethyl)- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ -mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, dimethoxymethyl-3-piperidinopropylsilane, diethoxy-3-glycidoxypropylmethylsilane, N-(3 -diethoxymethylsilylpropyl)succinimide, N-[3-(triethoxysilyl)
  • adhesion aids it is more preferable to use a silane coupling agent in terms of adhesion.
  • the content of the adhesion aid is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitor can be arbitrarily blended in order to improve the stability of the viscosity and photosensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly during storage in the state of a solution containing a solvent.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether.
  • diaminetetraacetic acid 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-( N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt and the like are used.
  • the content of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.005 parts by mass to 12 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
  • Azole compound when using a substrate made of copper or a copper alloy, an azole compound can optionally be added to the photosensitive resin composition in order to suppress discoloration of the substrate.
  • Azole compounds include, for example, 1H-triazole, 5-methyl-1H-triazole, 5-ethyl-1H-triazole, 4,5-dimethyl-1H-triazole, 5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 4-t-butyl -5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 5-hydroxyphenyl-1H-triazole, phenyltriazole, p-ethoxyphenyltriazole, 5-phenyl-1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)triazole, 5-benzyl-1H-triazole, Hydroxyphenyltriazole, 1,5-dimethyltriazole, 4,5-diethyl-1H-triazole, 1H-benzotriazole, 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-
  • the content of the azole compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. Part is more preferred.
  • the content of the azole compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product is 0.1 parts by mass or more, discoloration of the copper or copper alloy surface when the photosensitive resin composition is formed on copper or copper alloy is suppressed, and on the other hand, when it is 20 parts by mass or less, the photosensitivity is excellent, which is preferable.
  • a hindered phenolic compound can optionally be incorporated into the photosensitive resin composition to inhibit discoloration on copper.
  • Hindered phenol compounds include, for example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,5-di-t-butyl-hydroquinone, octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl -4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, isooctyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 4,4′-methylenebis(2,6-di-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-thio-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3 -t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 1,6
  • 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H )-trione is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the hindered phenol compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 to 20 parts by mass It is more preferably 10 parts by mass.
  • the content of the hindered phenol compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product is 0.1 parts by mass or more, for example, when a photosensitive resin composition is formed on copper or a copper alloy, discoloration of copper or copper alloy - Corrosion is prevented, and on the other hand, when it is 20 parts by mass or less, it is preferable because it is excellent in photosensitivity.
  • the photosensitive resin composition can be suitably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition for producing a cured relief pattern, which will be described later.
  • the resin film of the present invention is a baked product of the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
  • a baking method for obtaining a baked product various methods can be selected such as, for example, using a hot plate, using an oven, and using a heating oven in which a temperature program can be set. Firing can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours.
  • Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
  • the thickness of the resin film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the resin film is, for example, an insulating film.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used for photosensitive resist films (so-called dry film resists).
  • the photosensitive resist film has a base film, a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and a cover film.
  • a photosensitive resin layer and a cover film are laminated in this order on a base film.
  • a photosensitive resist film is produced, for example, by coating a base film with a photosensitive resin composition, drying it to form a photosensitive resin layer, and then laminating a cover film on the photosensitive resin layer.
  • a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
  • the drying method includes, for example, conditions of 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour.
  • the thickness of the resulting photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • a known base film can be used, and for example, a thermoplastic resin film or the like is used.
  • the thermoplastic resin include polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the thickness of the base film is preferably 2 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m.
  • a known cover film can be used, for example, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or the like.
  • As the cover film a film having adhesive strength to the photosensitive resin layer smaller than that of the base film is preferable.
  • the thickness of the cover film is preferably 2 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 5 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the base film and the cover film may be made of the same film material, or may be made of different films.
  • the method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate of the present invention comprises: (1) a step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) on the substrate; (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern; (4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention is applied onto the substrate. Then, if necessary, it is dried to form a photosensitive resin layer.
  • a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
  • the coating film made of the photosensitive resin composition can be dried, and drying methods include, for example, air drying, heat drying using an oven or hot plate, vacuum drying, and the like. Specifically, when air drying or heat drying is performed, drying can be performed at 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour. As described above, a photosensitive resin layer can be formed on the substrate.
  • Step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer the photosensitive resin layer formed in the above step (1) is exposed using an exposure device such as a contact aligner, a mirror projection, a stepper, or the like to form a photomask having a pattern. Alternatively, it is exposed to an ultraviolet light source or the like through a reticle or directly.
  • Light sources used for exposure include, for example, g-line, h-line, i-line, ghi-line broadband, and KrF excimer laser.
  • the exposure amount is desirably 25 mJ/cm 2 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 .
  • post-exposure baking PEB
  • pre-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary.
  • the temperature is preferably 50° C. to 200° C.
  • the time is preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds. is not limited to
  • Step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern an unexposed portion of the exposed photosensitive resin layer is removed by development.
  • a developing method for developing the photosensitive resin layer after exposure any of conventionally known photoresist developing methods such as a rotary spray method, a paddle method, an immersion method accompanied by ultrasonic treatment, and the like can be used. method can be selected and used.
  • rinsing may be performed for the purpose of removing the developer.
  • post-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary. Organic solvents are preferred as the developer used for development.
  • organic solvents examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ - Acetyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone and the like are preferred.
  • two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
  • the rinsing liquid used for rinsing an organic solvent that is miscible with the developer and has low solubility in the photosensitive resin composition is preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the rinse liquid include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, toluene, and xylene.
  • two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
  • Step of Heating the Relief Pattern to Form a Hardened Relief Pattern the relief pattern obtained by the development is heated and converted into a hardened relief pattern.
  • the reaction product is a polyamic acid
  • this heating results in thermal imidization resulting in a cured relief pattern comprising polyimide.
  • various methods can be selected, for example, a method using a hot plate, a method using an oven, and a method using a heating oven capable of setting a temperature program. Heating can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours. Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
  • the thickness of the cured relief pattern is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • Embodiments also provide a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided over or under the semiconductor element.
  • a cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the cured relief pattern can be obtained, for example, by steps (1) to (4) in the method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern described above.
  • the present invention can also be applied to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device using a semiconductor element as a substrate and including the above-described method of manufacturing a substrate with a cured relief pattern as part of the steps.
  • the semiconductor device of the present invention forms a cured relief pattern as a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, a rewiring insulating film, a protective film for a flip chip device, a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure, or the like. It can be manufactured by combining with a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device.
  • a display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on top of the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern described above.
  • the cured relief pattern may be laminated in direct contact with the display element, or may be laminated with another layer interposed therebetween.
  • the cured film includes a surface protective film, an insulating film, and a flattening film for TFT (Thin Film Transistor) liquid crystal display elements and color filter elements, projections for MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) type liquid crystal display devices, and A partition wall for an organic EL (Electro-Luminescence) device cathode can be mentioned.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention in addition to application to the semiconductor device as described above, is also used for applications such as interlayer insulating films of multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad plates, solder resist films, and liquid crystal alignment films. Useful.
  • the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) shown in the synthesis examples below is the result of measurement by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GPC in this specification).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • HPC-8320GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • Chemical imidization rate a proton derived from a structure that does not change before and after imidization is determined as a reference proton, and the peak integrated value of this proton and the proton derived from the NH group of amic acid appearing around 9.5 ppm to 11.0 ppm. It was calculated by the following formula using the peak integrated value.
  • Chemical imidization rate (%) (1- ⁇ x/y) x 100
  • x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid
  • y the peak integrated value of the reference proton
  • is one NH group proton of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidization rate is 0%). is the number ratio of reference protons to
  • the resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-2) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 25,273 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
  • the resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-5) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 27,852 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
  • the resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-6) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 56,737 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
  • the resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-15) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 24,559 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
  • Example 1 27.75 g of the solution containing the polyamic acid (P-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 (solid content concentration: 30% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.67 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.42 g and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g were mixed and dissolved.
  • a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
  • Example 2 32.24 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.93 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-Trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, and KBM-5103 (3-
  • Example 3 33.16 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1.93 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 4 22.08 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.32 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.33 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, KBM-5103 (3
  • Example 5 32.49 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.97 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.49 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyl
  • Example 6 33.16 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.99 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.50 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 7 29.96 g of the solution containing the polyamic acid (P-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 (solid content concentration: 30% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.80 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.45 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, KBM-5103 (3
  • Example 8 23.89 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.72 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.36 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.11 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyl
  • Example 9 37.84 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 20% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.51 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.38 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.11 g, and KBM-5103 (3-
  • Example 11 22.08 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.32 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.33 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, KBM-5103 (3
  • Example 12 31.50 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 8 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.95 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.47 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.14 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyl
  • Example 13 Solution containing polyamic acid (P-9) obtained in Synthesis Example 9 (solid content concentration: 20% by weight) 33.11 g, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.32 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.33 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxy
  • Example 14 20.75 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-10) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.25 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.31 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.09 g, KBM-5103 (3
  • Example 15 Solution containing polyamic acid (P-11) obtained in Synthesis Example 11 (solid concentration: 25% by weight) 23.66 g, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 0.99 g, NK ester A-DOD- as a cross-linking agent N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.59 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio ) Phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime)], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.30 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl- 4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.09
  • Example 16 24.78 g of a solution (solid concentration: 25% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-12) obtained in Synthesis Example 12, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.62 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.31 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.09 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 17 > 27.64 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-13) obtained in Synthesis Example 13, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.66 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.41 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-
  • Example 18 28.42 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-13) obtained in Synthesis Example 13 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.85 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.43 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 19 27.64 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-14) obtained in Synthesis Example 14, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.66 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.41 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-
  • Example 20 28.42 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-14) obtained in Synthesis Example 14 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.85 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.43 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 21 21.40 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-15) obtained in Synthesis Example 15 (solid content concentration: 30% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.28 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.32 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, KBM-5103
  • Example 22 37.81 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-16) obtained in Synthesis Example 16 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.27 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.57 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 23 65.34 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-17) obtained in Synthesis Example 17 (solid concentration: 25% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 3.27 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.82 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-Trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.25 g, and KBM-5103 (3-
  • Example 24 38.23 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-18) obtained in Synthesis Example 18 (solid concentration: 25% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.96 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.14 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 25 38.23 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-19) obtained in Synthesis Example 19 (solid concentration: 25% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.96 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.14 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 26 38.57 g of a solution (solid concentration: 20% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-20) obtained in Synthesis Example 20, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.77 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.39 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 27 38.57 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-21) obtained in Synthesis Example 21 (solid concentration: 20% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.77 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.39 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropy
  • Example 28 Powder 11.02 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-22) obtained in Synthesis Example 22, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 25.71 g, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decane Diol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.20 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-( O-benzoyloxime)], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.55 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1 , 3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltri
  • NK Ester A-200 polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin
  • NK Ester A-200 polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin
  • NK Ester A-200 polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin
  • NK Ester A-200 polyethylene glycol diacrylate,
  • NK Ester A-200 polyethylene glycol diacrylate,
  • the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 fully dissolved (developed) the photosensitive resin film in the unexposed area (0 mJ/cm 2 ) after development, and the exposed area (300 mJ/cm 2 ) of the photosensitive resin film remained without being dissolved (developed). That is, since a clear dissolution difference (dissolution contrast) of the photosensitive resin film was obtained in the exposed and unexposed areas, the relief pattern creation process using general-purpose organic solvents such as cyclopentanone for development It can be suitably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition for.
  • the negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 were spin-coated onto a 4-inch silicon wafer coated with an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m, and heated at 115 degrees on a hot plate. C. for 180 seconds or 270 seconds to form a photosensitive resin film on the aluminum foil.
  • an i-line aligner PLA-501, manufactured by Canon Inc.
  • the entire surface of the wafer was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 , then in a nitrogen atmosphere at 160° C. for 1 hour, then at 230° C. for 1 hour. Baked.
  • the film was obtained by immersing the baked aluminum foil in 6N hydrochloric acid to dissolve the aluminum foil.
  • the dielectric loss tangent measurement conditions are as follows.
  • ⁇ Measurement method Perturbation cavity resonator method
  • ⁇ Vector network analyzer FieldFox N9926A (manufactured by Keysight Technologies Inc.)
  • ⁇ Cavity resonator TMR-1A (manufactured by Keycom Co., Ltd.)
  • ⁇ Cavity volume 1192822 mm 3
  • ⁇ Measurement frequency about 1 GHz
  • Sample tube made of PTFE, inner diameter: 3 mm, length of about 30 mm (manufactured by Keycom Co., Ltd.)
  • the aluminum wafer was immersed in 6N hydrochloric acid to dissolve the aluminum, thereby obtaining a film with a width of 5 mm. rice field.
  • the tensile elongation of the obtained film was measured using a desktop precision universal testing machine (Autograph AGS-10kNX, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The conditions for measuring the tensile elongation are as follows.
  • ⁇ Desktop precision universal testing machine Autograph AGS-10kNX (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) ⁇ Film width: 5mm ⁇ Distance between grips: 25mm
  • the tensile elongation of 50% means that the film is stretched up to 1.5 times, in other words, the film breaks when the distance between the grips is 1.5 times (37.5 mm).
  • Table 2 shows the measurement results of dielectric loss tangent and tensile elongation.
  • the dielectric loss tangent values at 1 GHz of the films obtained from the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 were lower than those of Comparative Examples 1 to 5.
  • the films obtained from the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 had higher tensile elongation values than those of Comparative Examples 1 to 6. That is, the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 can form a relief pattern, have a low dielectric loss tangent, and have a high tensile elongation at the same time. It can be suitably used for the production of electronic materials that require properties.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

This photosensitive resin composition comprises: a reaction product of an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings; and a solvent.

Description

感光性樹脂組成物Photosensitive resin composition
 本発明は、感光性樹脂組成物、該組成物から得られる樹脂膜、該組成物を用いた感光性レジストフィルム、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板、及び硬化レリーフパターンを有する半導体装置に関する。 The present invention provides a photosensitive resin composition, a resin film obtained from the composition, a photosensitive resist film using the composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a cured relief pattern. semiconductor device.
 従来、電子部品の絶縁材料、及び半導体装置のパッシベーション膜、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜等には、優れた耐熱性、電気特性及び機械特性を併せ持つポリイミド樹脂が用いられている。このポリイミド樹脂の中でも、感光性ポリイミド前駆体の形態で供されるものは、該前駆体の塗布、露光、現像、及びキュアによる熱イミド化処理によって、耐熱性のレリーフパターン被膜を容易に形成することができる。このような感光性ポリイミド前駆体は、従来の非感光型ポリイミド樹脂と比較して、大幅な工程短縮を可能にするという特徴を有している。 Conventionally, polyimide resin, which has excellent heat resistance, electrical properties, and mechanical properties, has been used as an insulating material for electronic parts, and as a passivation film, surface protective film, interlayer insulating film, etc. for semiconductor devices. Among these polyimide resins, those provided in the form of a photosensitive polyimide precursor easily form a heat-resistant relief pattern film by thermal imidization treatment by applying, exposing, developing, and curing the precursor. be able to. Such a photosensitive polyimide precursor has the feature of enabling a significant process reduction compared to conventional non-photosensitive polyimide resins.
 特許文献1及び特許文献2には、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有するジアミンを用いたポリアミック酸又はポリイミドを含有する感光性樹脂組成物が提案されている。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 propose a photosensitive resin composition containing polyamic acid or polyimide using a diamine having a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
特開2000-347404号公報JP-A-2000-347404 特表2012-516927号公報Japanese translation of PCT publication No. 2012-516927
 近年、半導体装置では、大容量の情報を高速で伝送・処理する必要から、電気信号の高周波化が進んでいる。高周波の電気信号は減衰しやすいため、伝送損失を低くする必要がある。そのため、半導体装置に用いられる樹脂には低い誘電正接が求められる。
 一方で、低い誘電正接を有する樹脂は脆い傾向にあり、例えば半田リフロー工程などの熱処理工程の際に、隣接する材料の熱膨張に追従できず、破断したり、層間密着性が低下することがある。そのため、半導体装置に用いられる樹脂には高い引張伸度が求められる。
2. Description of the Related Art In recent years, semiconductor devices are required to transmit and process a large amount of information at high speed, so the frequency of electrical signals is increasing. Since high-frequency electrical signals are easily attenuated, it is necessary to reduce transmission loss. Therefore, resins used in semiconductor devices are required to have a low dielectric loss tangent.
On the other hand, resins with a low dielectric loss tangent tend to be brittle, and cannot follow the thermal expansion of adjacent materials during a heat treatment process such as a solder reflow process, resulting in breakage or reduced interlayer adhesion. be. Therefore, resins used in semiconductor devices are required to have high tensile elongation.
 また、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する際には、現像液による現像が行われるが、一般的にアルカリ水溶液現像液又は有機溶媒現像液が用いられる。硬化レリーフパターンを得るための感光性樹脂は、露光、現像により、露光部の感光性樹脂が現像液に溶解し、未露光部の感光性樹脂が残るポジ型と、未露光部の感光性樹脂が現像液に溶解し、露光部の感光性樹脂が残るネガ型とに分けられる。特に、ネガ型はポジ型よりも解像性には劣るが、厚膜化やフィルム化が容易で信頼性に優れており、そのような特徴を必要とする半導体装置の製造で用いられる。しかしながら、従来のポリアミック酸を含有するネガ型感光性樹脂では、アルカリ水溶液現像液に対する溶解性が非常に高いために、溶解速度のコントロールが難しく、所望のレリーフパターンが得られにくい懸念がある。さらに、ポリアミック酸を含有するネガ型感光性樹脂はアルカリ水溶液現像液と親和性が高いために、現像時に膨潤しやすく、乾燥時に生じる応力によって、形成されたレリーフパターンが基板から剥離しやすい等の課題があった。このことから、ポリアミック酸を含有するネガ型感光性樹脂においては、溶解速度のコントロールが比較的容易で、基板剥離の懸念が少ない有機溶媒現像が適している。 In addition, when forming a cured relief pattern, development is performed with a developer, and generally an alkaline aqueous solution developer or an organic solvent developer is used. The photosensitive resin used to obtain the hardened relief pattern is divided into two types: the positive type, in which the photosensitive resin in the exposed areas is dissolved in the developer by exposure and development, leaving the photosensitive resin in the unexposed areas, and the photosensitive resin in the unexposed areas. is dissolved in the developer, and the photosensitive resin in the exposed areas remains. In particular, the negative type is inferior to the positive type in resolution, but is easy to form a thick film or a film, and is excellent in reliability. However, conventional negative photosensitive resins containing polyamic acids have a very high solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution developer, so that it is difficult to control the dissolution rate, and there is a concern that it is difficult to obtain a desired relief pattern. Furthermore, since the negative photosensitive resin containing polyamic acid has a high affinity with an alkaline aqueous solution developer, it tends to swell during development, and the relief pattern formed tends to peel off from the substrate due to the stress generated during drying. I had a problem. For this reason, organic solvent development is suitable for negative photosensitive resins containing polyamic acid because the dissolution rate can be controlled relatively easily and there is little concern about peeling of the substrate.
 したがって、有機溶媒現像が可能であり、得られる硬化膜において低い誘電正接を有しかつ高い引張伸度を有する感光性樹脂組成物が求められている。
 しかし、特許文献1及び特許文献2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物は、それら特性の全てが満足できるものではない。
Accordingly, there is a demand for a photosensitive resin composition which can be developed with an organic solvent and which has a low dielectric loss tangent and a high tensile elongation in the resulting cured film.
However, the photosensitive resin compositions described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not satisfy all of these characteristics.
 本発明の目的は、上記事情に鑑み、有機溶媒での現像が可能であり、得られる硬化膜において低い誘電正接を有しかつ高い引張伸度を有する感光性樹脂組成物、該組成物から得られる樹脂膜、該組成物を用いた感光性レジストフィルム、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板、並びに硬化レリーフパターンを有する半導体装置を提供することにある。 In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition that can be developed with an organic solvent, has a low dielectric loss tangent in the resulting cured film and has a high tensile elongation, and a photosensitive resin composition obtained from the composition. The object of the present invention is to provide a resin film obtained by the composition, a photosensitive resist film using the composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device having a cured relief pattern.
 本発明者らは、上記の課題を達成すべく鋭意検討を重ねた結果、感光性樹脂組成物に、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物と3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体との反応生成物を含有させることで、有機溶媒現像が可能であり、得られる硬化膜において低い誘電正接を有しかつ高い引張伸度を有する感光性樹脂組成物が得られることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 The present inventors have made intensive studies to solve the above problems, and found that a photosensitive resin composition contains an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid having three or more aromatic rings. By containing a reaction product with a derivative, organic solvent development is possible, and a photosensitive resin composition having a low dielectric loss tangent and a high tensile elongation in the resulting cured film can be obtained. The present invention has been completed.
 [1] 光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物と3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体との反応生成物と、溶剤とを含む、感光性樹脂組成物。
 [2] 前記反応生成物が、ポリアミック酸又はポリアミック酸を脱水閉環して得られるポリイミドである、[1]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
 [3] 前記ポリアミック酸が、下記式(1)で表される構造単位を少なくとも有し、
 前記ポリイミドが、下記式(2)で表される構造単位を少なくとも有する、[2]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[式(1)中、Arは光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を示し、Arは3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[式(2)中、Arは光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を示し、Arは3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す。]
 [4] 前記式(1)中のAr及び前記式(2)中のArが下記式(3)で表される4価の有機基である、[3]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[式(3)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、チオエーテル結合又はスルホニル結合を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基を表す。Yは下記式(3-1)又は(3-2)で表される2価の有機基を表す。n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に0乃至3の整数を表す。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[式(3-1)中、Zは直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、チオエーテル結合、又はスルホニル結合を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。m1は0乃至3の整数を表す。n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。Zが複数の場合、複数のZは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。n4が複数の場合、複数のn4は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。
 式(3-2)中、Zは下記式(4)又は(5)で表される2価の有機基を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。n5及びn6はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 
[式(4)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。*は結合手を表す。
 式(5)中、R及びR10はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基又は置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
 [5] 前記式(1)中のAr及び前記式(2)中のArが下記式(6)で表される2価の有機基である、[3]又は[4]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
[式(6)中、Zはエーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を示し、Zは直接結合、エステル結合又はアミド結合を表す。Zは直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、チオエーテル結合、又はスルホニル結合を表す。m2は0乃至1の整数を表す。R11は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2乃至6のアルキレン基を示し、R12は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
 [6] 前記式(6)におけるZ及びZがエステル結合である、[5]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
 [7] 前記式(6)におけるR11が1,2-エチレン基である、[5]又は[6]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
 [8] さらに光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む、[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
 [9] さらに架橋性化合物を含む、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
 [10] 絶縁膜形成用である、[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
 [11] ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物である、[1]~[10]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
 [12] [1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物の塗布膜の焼成物である、樹脂膜。
 [13] 絶縁膜である、[12]に記載の樹脂膜。
 [14] 基材フィルムと、[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物から形成される感光性樹脂層と、カバーフィルムとを有する、感光性レジストフィルム。
 [15](1)[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を該基板上に形成する工程と、
(2)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
(3)該露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
(4)該レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と
を含む、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。
 [16] 前記現像に用いられる現像液が有機溶媒である、[15]に記載の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。
 [17] [15]又は[16]に記載の方法により製造された、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板。
 [18] 半導体素子と該半導体素子の上部又は下部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置であって、該硬化膜は、[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンである半導体装置。
[1] A photosensitive resin composition comprising a reaction product of an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings, and a solvent.
[2] The photosensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the reaction product is a polyamic acid or a polyimide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing a polyamic acid.
[3] The polyamic acid has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (1),
The photosensitive resin composition according to [2], wherein the polyimide has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[In formula (1), Ar 1 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and Ar 2 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[In formula (2), Ar 3 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and Ar 4 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings. ]
[4] The photosensitive resin composition according to [3], wherein Ar 2 in the formula (1) and Ar 4 in the formula (2) are tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formula (3): thing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[In Formula (3), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, or a sulfonyl bond. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Y represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2). n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3; When there are multiple R 1 s, the multiple R 1s may be the same or different. When there are multiple R 2 s, the multiple R 2s may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[In formula (3-1), Z 1 represents a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, or a sulfonyl bond. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. m1 represents an integer of 0 to 3; n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When Z 1 is plural, the plural Z 1 may be the same or different. When n4 is plural, the plural n4 may be the same or different. When R 3 is plural, the plural R 3 may be the same or different. When R 4 is plural, the plural R 4 may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
In formula (3-2), Z 2 represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (4) or (5) below. R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 5 is plural, the plural R 5 may be the same or different. When R 6 is plural, the plural R 6 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

[In Formula (4), R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. * represents a bond.
In formula (5), R 9 and R 10 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. * represents a bond. ]
[5] According to [3] or [4], wherein Ar 1 in the formula (1) and Ar 3 in the formula (2) are divalent organic groups represented by the following formula (6): A photosensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
[In formula (6), Z3 represents an ether bond , an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond, and Z4 represents a direct bond, an ester bond or an amide bond. Z5 represents a direct bond, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thioether bond, or sulfonyl bond. m2 represents an integer of 0 to 1; R 11 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond. ]
[6] The photosensitive resin composition according to [ 5 ], wherein Z3 and Z4 in formula ( 6 ) are ester bonds.
[7] The photosensitive resin composition according to [5] or [6], wherein R 11 in formula (6) is a 1,2-ethylene group.
[8] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7], further comprising a photoradical polymerization initiator.
[9] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], further comprising a crosslinkable compound.
[10] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], which is used for forming an insulating film.
[11] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], which is a negative photosensitive resin composition.
[12] A resin film, which is a baked product of the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11].
[13] The resin film according to [12], which is an insulating film.
[14] A photosensitive resist film comprising a substrate film, a photosensitive resin layer formed from the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], and a cover film.
[15] (1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11] onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate;
(2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
(3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
(4) A method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, comprising the step of heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
[16] The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate according to [15], wherein the developer used for the development is an organic solvent.
[17] A substrate with a cured relief pattern, produced by the method according to [15] or [16].
[18] A semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided above or below the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film comprises the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11]. A semiconductor device that is a cured relief pattern formed from a material.
 本発明によれば、有機溶媒での現像が可能であり、得られる硬化膜において低い誘電正接を有しかつ高い引張伸度を有する感光性樹脂組成物、該組成物から得られる樹脂膜、該組成物を用いた感光性レジストフィルム、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板、並びに硬化レリーフパターンを有する半導体装置が得られる。 According to the present invention, a photosensitive resin composition that can be developed with an organic solvent and has a low dielectric loss tangent and a high tensile elongation in the resulting cured film, a resin film obtained from the composition, A photosensitive resist film using the composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device having a cured relief pattern are obtained.
(感光性樹脂組成物)
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、反応生成物と、溶剤とを少なくとも含み、更に必要に応じてその他の成分を含む。
(Photosensitive resin composition)
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least a reaction product and a solvent, and further contains other components as necessary.
<反応生成物>
 反応生成物は、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物と3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体との反応生成物である。
 反応生成物は、構成成分として、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物と、3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを含み、必要に応じて、構成成分として、その他のジアミン化合物、及びその他のテトラカルボン酸誘導体を含んでいてもよい。
 反応生成物は、例えば、ポリアミック酸、又はポリアミック酸を脱水閉環して得られるポリイミドである。
<Reaction product>
The reaction product is a reaction product between an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings.
The reaction product contains, as constituent components, an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings, and if necessary, other diamines as constituent components. compounds, and other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives.
The reaction product is, for example, polyamic acid or polyimide obtained by dehydration ring closure of polyamic acid.
 反応生成物が光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物を構成成分に含むことにより、反応生成物を含む樹脂組成物に感光性が付与される。
 反応生成物が、芳香族ジアミン化合物と、3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを構成成分に含むことにより、得られる硬化膜において、低い誘電正接及び高い引張伸度が得られる。
Photosensitivity is imparted to the resin composition containing the reaction product by including the aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group in the reaction product.
When the reaction product contains an aromatic diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings as constituent components, the obtained cured film has a low dielectric loss tangent and a high tensile elongation. .
 光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物において、2つのアミノ基は、1つの芳香族環に結合していてもよいし、2つの芳香族環のそれぞれに結合してもよい。芳香族環としては、芳香族炭化水素環、芳香族複素環などが挙げられる。
 なお、芳香族ジアミン化合物は、アミノ基が結合していない芳香族環を有していてもよい。
In the aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group, two amino groups may be bonded to one aromatic ring or may be bonded to each of the two aromatic rings. Aromatic rings include aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic heterocycles, and the like.
In addition, the aromatic diamine compound may have an aromatic ring to which no amino group is bonded.
 光重合性基としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性基、カチオン重合性基、アニオン重合性が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
 ラジカル重合性基としては、例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、プロペニルエーテル基、ビニルエーテル基、ビニル基などが挙げられる。
Examples of photopolymerizable groups include radically polymerizable groups, cationic polymerizable groups, and anionically polymerizable groups. Among these, a radically polymerizable group is preferred.
Examples of radically polymerizable groups include acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, propenyl ether groups, vinyl ether groups, and vinyl groups.
 反応生成物は、構成成分に、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物以外のジアミン化合物として、3つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物を含むことが、得られる硬化膜においてより低い誘電正接及びより高い引張伸度が得られる点で、好ましい。 The reaction product contains an aromatic diamine compound having three or more aromatic rings as a diamine compound other than the aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group in the resulting cured film. It is preferable in that dielectric loss tangent and higher tensile elongation can be obtained.
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物における芳香族環の数としては、3つ以上であれば、特に限定されないが、例えば、4つ以上であってもよい。芳香族環の数の上限値としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、8つ以下であってもよいし、6つ以下であってもよい。 The number of aromatic rings in the aromatic diamine compound having 3 or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited as long as it is 3 or more, but may be 4 or more, for example. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
 「3つ以上の芳香族環」における芳香族環の数え方に関し、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環のような2以上の芳香族環が縮合してなる多環芳香族環は1つの芳香族環として数える。そのため、ナフタレン環は1つの芳香族環として数える。他方、ビフェニル環は縮合環ではないため2つの芳香族環として数える。そして、ペリレン環は、2つのナフタレン環が結合してなる構造とみなし、2つの芳香族環として数える。
 芳香族環としては、芳香族炭化水素環、芳香族複素環などが挙げられる。
Regarding how to count aromatic rings in "3 or more aromatic rings", polycyclic aromatic rings formed by condensing two or more aromatic rings such as naphthalene ring and anthracene ring are counted as one aromatic ring. . Therefore, a naphthalene ring is counted as one aromatic ring. On the other hand, a biphenyl ring is not a fused ring and counts as two aromatic rings. A perylene ring is regarded as a structure formed by bonding two naphthalene rings and counted as two aromatic rings.
Aromatic rings include aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic heterocycles, and the like.
 「テトラカルボン酸誘導体」におけるテトラカルボン酸誘導体としては、例えば、テトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラカルボン酸ジハライド、テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、及びテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルジハライドが挙げられるが、特に、テトラカルボン酸二無水物が好ましい。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative in the "tetracarboxylic acid derivative" include tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid dihalide, tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, and tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide. Carboxylic dianhydrides are preferred.
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン誘導体としては、3つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体が好ましい。芳香族テトラカルボン酸とは、同一の又は異なる芳香族環に、合計で4つのカルボキシ基が結合する化合物を指す。 As the tetracarboxylic derivative having three or more aromatic rings, an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings is preferable. Aromatic tetracarboxylic acids refer to compounds having a total of four carboxy groups attached to the same or different aromatic rings.
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体における芳香族環の数としては、3つ以上であれば、特に限定されないが、例えば、4つ以上であってもよい。芳香族環の数の上限値としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、8つ以下であってもよいし、6つ以下であってもよい。 The number of aromatic rings in the tetracarboxylic acid derivative having 3 or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited as long as it is 3 or more, but may be 4 or more, for example. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
 反応生成物を構成する全ジアミン化合物に対する、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物の割合としては、特に限定されないが、十分な感光性を得る観点から、10~100モル%が好ましく、50~100モル%がより好ましい。
 反応生成物を構成する全テトラカルボン酸誘導体に対する、3つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体の割合としては、特に限定されないが、本発明の効果を好適に得る観点から、20~100モル%が好ましく、50~100モル%がより好ましい。
The ratio of the aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group to the total diamine compound constituting the reaction product is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient photosensitivity, 10 to 100 mol% is preferable, and 50 to 50 mol%. 100 mol % is more preferred.
The ratio of the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings to the total tetracarboxylic acid derivative constituting the reaction product is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention, it is 20. ~100 mol% is preferred, and 50 to 100 mol% is more preferred.
 反応生成物は、ポリアミック酸又はポリアミック酸を脱水閉環して得られるポリイミドであることが好ましい。より微細なレリーフパターンを得られるという観点では、ポリアミック酸を脱水閉環して得られるポリイミドであることがより好ましい。ここで、ポリイミドのイミド化率は100%である必要はない。イミド化率は、例えば90%以上であってよいし、95%以上であってよいし、98%以上であってよい。 The reaction product is preferably a polyamic acid or a polyimide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing a polyamic acid. From the viewpoint of obtaining a finer relief pattern, polyimide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing a polyamic acid is more preferable. Here, the imidization rate of polyimide need not be 100%. The imidization rate may be, for example, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more.
 ポリアミック酸は、下記式(1)で表される構造単位を少なくとも有することが好ましい。
 ポリイミドは、下記式(2)で表される構造単位を少なくとも有することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
[式(1)中、Arは光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を表し、Arは3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
[式(2)中、Arは光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を表し、Arは3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す。]
Polyamic acid preferably has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (1).
Polyimide preferably has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
[In Formula (1), Ar 1 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and Ar 2 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
[In formula (2), Ar 3 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and Ar 4 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings. ]
<<Ar及びAr>>
 Ar及びArは、光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基であり、本発明の効果を奏するものであれば、特に限定されない。なお、光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基は、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物から2つのアミノ基を除いた残基である。
 光重合性基としては、例えば、前述の光重合性基が挙げられる。
<<Ar 1 and Ar 3 >>
Ar 1 and Ar 3 are divalent organic groups having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and are not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. The divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring is a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group.
Examples of the photopolymerizable group include the photopolymerizable groups described above.
 Ar及びArは、好ましくは、下記式(6)で表される2価の有機基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[式(6)中、Zはエーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)又はウレア結合(-NHCONH-)を示し、Zは直接結合、エステル結合(-COO-)又はアミド結合(-NHCO-)を表す。Zは直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、ウレア結合(-NHCONH-)、チオエーテル結合(-S-)又はスルホニル結合(-SO-)を表す。m2は0乃至1の整数を表す。R11は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2乃至6のアルキレン基を示し、R12は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
Ar 1 and Ar 3 are preferably divalent organic groups represented by the following formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[In the formula (6), Z 3 is an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) or a urea bond (-NHCONH-). Z 4 represents a direct bond, an ester bond (--COO--) or an amide bond (--NHCO--). Z 5 is a direct bond, ether bond (-O-), ester bond (-COO-), amide bond (-NHCO-), urethane bond (-NHCOO-), urea bond (-NHCONH-), thioether bond (- S—) or a sulfonyl bond (—SO 2 —). m2 represents an integer from 0 to 1; R 11 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond. ]
 水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2乃至6のアルキレン基としては、例えば、1,1-エチレン基、1,2-エチレン基、1,2-プロピレン基、1,3-プロピレン基、1,4-ブチレン基、1,2-ブチレン基、2,3-ブチレン基、1,2-ペンチレン基、2,4-ペンチレン基、1,2-へキシレン基、1,2-シクロプロピレン基、1,2-シクロブチレン基、1,3-シクロブチレン基、1,2-シクロペンチレン基、1,2-シクロへキシレン基、これらの水素原子の少なくとも一部が水酸基で置換されたアルキレン基(例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-1,3-プロピレン基)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group include 1,1-ethylene group, 1,2-ethylene group, 1,2-propylene group, 1,3-propylene group, 1,4-butylene group, 1,2-butylene group, 2,3-butylene group, 1,2-pentylene group, 2,4-pentylene group, 1,2-hexylene group, 1,2-cyclopropylene group , 1,2-cyclobutylene group, 1,3-cyclobutylene group, 1,2-cyclopentylene group, 1,2-cyclohexylene group, alkylene in which at least part of these hydrogen atoms are substituted with hydroxyl groups groups (eg, 2-hydroxy-1,3-propylene group) and the like.
 Zとしては、エステル結合が好ましい。
 Zとしては、エステル結合が好ましい。
 R11としては、1,2-エチレン基が好ましい。
Z3 is preferably an ester bond.
Z4 is preferably an ester bond.
R 11 is preferably a 1,2-ethylene group.
 式(6)で表される2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式中、*は結合手を表す。2つの結合手は、例えば、光重合性基を有する置換基に対してメタ位に位置する。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by Formula (6) include the following divalent organic groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In the formula, * represents a bond. The two bonds are, for example, positioned meta to a substituent having a photopolymerizable group.
<<Ar及びAr>>
 式(1)中のAr及び式(2)中のArとしては、3つ以上の芳香族環を有し、本発明の効果を奏する4価の有機基であれば、特に限定されないが、本発明の効果を好適に得る観点から、好ましくは下記式(3)で表される2価の有機基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[式(3)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、ウレア結合(-NHCONH-)、チオエーテル結合(-S-)又はスルホニル結合(-SO-)を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基を表す。Yは下記式(3-1)又は(3-2)で表される2価の有機基を表す。n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に0乃至3の整数を表す。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
<<Ar 2 and Ar 4 >>
Ar 2 in formula (1) and Ar 4 in formula (2) are not particularly limited as long as they are tetravalent organic groups having three or more aromatic rings and exhibiting the effect of the present invention. , is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (3) from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[In the formula (3), X 1 and X 2 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -). R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Y represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2). n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3; When there are multiple R 1 s, the multiple R 1s may be the same or different. When there are multiple R 2 s, the multiple R 2s may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
 R及びRにおける置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基が挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基などが挙げられる。本明細書において、アルキル基は、その構造について特に言及されていない限り、直鎖状であってもよいし、分岐状であってもよいし、環状であってもよいし、これらの2以上の組み合わせであってもよい。
 置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、ハロホルミル基、スルホ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、オキソ基、チオキシ基、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基」の「炭素原子数1乃至6」とは、置換基を除く「アルキル基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 1 and R 2 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group. In this specification, an alkyl group, unless otherwise specified for its structure, may be linear, branched, cyclic, or two or more of these. may be a combination of
Examples of substituents on the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
In addition, "1 to 6 carbon atoms" in "optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
[式(3-1)中、Zは直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、ウレア結合(-NHCONH-)、チオエーテル結合(-S-)又はスルホニル結合(-SO-)を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。m1は0乃至3の整数を表す。n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。Zが複数の場合、複数のZは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。n4が複数の場合、複数のn4は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。
 式(3-2)中、Zは下記式(4)又は(5)で表される2価の有機基を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。n5及びn6はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
[In the formula (3-1), Z 1 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), a urea bond ( -NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -). R 3 and R 4 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. m1 represents an integer of 0 to 3; n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When Z 1 is plural, the plural Z 1 may be the same or different. When n4 is plural, the plural n4 may be the same or different. When R 3 is plural, the plural R 3 may be the same or different. When R 4 is plural, the plural R 4 may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
In formula (3-2), Z 2 represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (4) or (5) below. R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 5 is plural, the plural R 5 may be the same or different. When R 6 is plural, the plural R 6 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
 R、R、R、及びRにおける置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基としては、例えば、置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基、置換されていてもよいフェニル基が挙げられる。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、ハロホルミル基、スルホ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、オキソ基、チオキシ基、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基」の「炭素原子数1乃至6」とは、置換基を除く「炭化水素基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 include an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, An optionally substituted phenyl group is included. Substituents include, for example, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, a nitro group, a nitroso group, an oxo group, a thioxy group, and 1 carbon atom. alkoxy groups of 1 to 6, and the like.
The "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "hydrocarbon group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 R、R、R及びRにおける置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、R及びRの説明において例示した置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 include, for example, the substituted alkyl group exemplified in the description of R 1 and R 2 A good alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
[式(4)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。*は結合手を表す。
 式(5)中、R及びR10はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基又は置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
[In formula (4), R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. * represents a bond.
In formula (5), R 9 and R 10 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. * represents a bond. ]
 R及びRにおけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基、炭素原子数1乃至6のハロゲン化アルキル基、フェニル基、ハロゲン化フェニル基などが挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基などが挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のハロゲン化アルキル基、及びハロゲン化フェニル基におけるハロゲン化は、一部であってもよいし、全部であってもよい。 The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 7 and R 8 includes, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. groups, phenyl groups, halogenated phenyl groups, and the like. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group. Examples of the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom. The halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the halogenated phenyl group may be partially or wholly halogenated.
 R及びR10における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、ハロホルミル基、スルホ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、オキソ基、チオキシ基、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。
 置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基、炭素原子数1乃至6のハロゲン化アルキレン基などが挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基等が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基」の「炭素原子数1乃至6」とは、置換基を除く「アルキレン基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Examples of substituents on the optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, sulfo group, amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
The optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms includes, for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, and butylene group.
The "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkylene group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 R及びR10における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基、ハロゲン化されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。なお、ハロゲン化は、一部であってもよいし、全部であってもよい。
 アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基」の「炭素原子数6乃至10」とは、置換基を除く「アリーレン基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Examples of substituents on the optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, an optionally halogenated C 1 to 6 alkyl group, halogen alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and the like. Halogenation may be partially or wholly.
The arylene group includes, for example, a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
The "6 to 10 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "arylene group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 式(4)で表される2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (4) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
In the formula, * represents a bond.
 式(5)で表される2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式中、R13~R15はそれぞれ独立にハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基を表す。n13は、0乃至5の整数を表す。n14及びn15はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。R13が複数の場合、複数のR13は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R14が複数の場合、複数のR14は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R15が複数の場合、複数のR15は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (5) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
In the formula, R 13 to R 15 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom represents an alkoxy group. n13 represents an integer of 0 to 5; n14 and n15 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 13 is plural, the plural R 13 may be the same or different. When R 14 is plural, the plural R 14 may be the same or different. When R 15 is plural, the plural R 15 may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
 R13~R15におけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基、炭素原子数1乃至6のハロゲン化アルキル基が挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基などが挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。炭素原子数1乃至6のハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン化は、一部であってもよいし、全部であってもよい。
 R13~R15におけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基をアルコキシ基にしたものが挙げられる。
Specific examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 13 to R 15 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogen having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. alkyl group. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group. Examples of the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom. A halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be partially or completely halogenated.
Specific examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 13 to R 15 are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. based on.
 Ar及びArとしては、例えば、以下の式で表される4価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Ar 2 and Ar 4 include, for example, tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
In the formula, * represents a bond.
<その他の構造単位>
 ポリアミック酸は、式(1)で表される構造単位以外のその他の構造単位を有していてもよい。その他の構造単位としては、例えば、下記式(1’)で表される構造単位、が挙げられる。
 ポリイミドは、式(2)で表される構造単位以外のその他の構造単位を有していてもよい。その他の構造単位としては、例えば、下記式(2’)で表される構造単位、が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
[式(1’)中、Ar1’は光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基又は光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基以外の2価の有機基を表し、Ar2’は3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基又は3つ以上の芳香族環を有しない4価の有機基を表す。ただし、Ar1’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基であり、かつAr2’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基である場合を除く。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
[式(2’)中、Ar3’は光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基又は光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基以外の2価の有機基を表し、Ar4’は3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基又は3つ以上の芳香族環を有しない4価の有機基を表す。ただし、Ar3’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基であり、かつAr4’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基である場合を除く。]
<Other structural units>
The polyamic acid may have structural units other than the structural unit represented by formula (1). Other structural units include, for example, structural units represented by the following formula (1′).
Polyimide may have structural units other than the structural unit represented by formula (2). Other structural units include, for example, structural units represented by the following formula (2′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
[In the formula (1 '), Ar 1 ' is a divalent organic group other than a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring or a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring and Ar 2′ represents a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings or a tetravalent organic group having no 3 or more aromatic rings. However, the case where Ar 1' is a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring and Ar 2' is a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings is excluded. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
[In formula (2′), Ar 3′ is a divalent organic group other than a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring or a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring and Ar 4′ represents a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings or a tetravalent organic group having no 3 or more aromatic rings. However, the case where Ar 3' is a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring and Ar 4' is a tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings is excluded. ]
 Ar1’及びAr2’の組み合わせとしては、以下の(i)~(iii)の組み合わせが挙げられる。
 (i):Ar1’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を表し、Ar2’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有しない4価の有機基を表す組み合わせ
 (ii):Ar1’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基以外の2価の有機基を表し、Ar2’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有しない4価の有機基を表す組み合わせ
 (iii):Ar1’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基以外の2価の有機基を表し、Ar2’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す組み合わせ
Combinations of Ar 1′ and Ar 2′ include the following combinations (i) to (iii).
(i): A combination in which Ar 1′ represents a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 2′ represents a tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings (ii) ): Ar 1′ represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 2′ is a tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings (iii): Ar 1 ' represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 2 ' has three or more aromatic rings 4 a combination representing a valent organic group
 Ar3’及びAr4’の組み合わせとしては、以下の(iv)~(vi)の組み合わせが挙げられる。
 (iv):Ar3’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を表し、Ar4’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有しない4価の有機基を表す組み合わせ
 (v):Ar3’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基以外の2価の有機基を表し、Ar4’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有しない4価の有機基を表す組み合わせ
 (vi):Ar3’が光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基以外の2価の有機基を表し、Ar4’が3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す組み合わせ
Combinations of Ar 3′ and Ar 4′ include the following combinations (iv) to (vi).
(iv): A combination in which Ar 3 ' represents a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 4 ' represents a tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings (v ): Ar 3' represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 4' is a tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings (vi): Ar 3 ' represents a divalent organic group other than a photopolymerizable group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and Ar 4 ' has three or more aromatic rings 4 a combination representing a valent organic group
<<Ar1’及びAr3’>>
 Ar1’及びAr3’における光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基としては、例えば、Ar及びArの説明において例示した光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基が挙げられる。
 Ar1’及びAr3’における光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基以外の2価の有機基としては、特に限定されないが、得られる硬化膜において、より低い誘電正接及びより高い引張伸度が得られる点から、3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基が好ましい。
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基としては、特に限定されないが、好ましくは下記式(13)で表される2価の有機基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
[式(13)中、X21及びX22はそれぞれ独立に直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、ウレア結合(-NHCONH-)、チオエーテル結合(-S-)又はスルホニル結合(-SO-)を表す。R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基を表す。Y20は下記式(13-1)又は(13-2)で表される2価の有機基を表す。n21及びn22はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。R21が複数の場合、複数のR21は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R22が複数の場合、複数のR22は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
<<Ar 1′ and Ar 3′ >>
As the divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring in Ar 1' and Ar 3' , for example, the divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring exemplified in the description of Ar 1 and Ar 3 organic group.
The divalent organic group other than the photopolymerizable group and the divalent organic group having an aromatic ring in Ar 1' and Ar 3' is not particularly limited, but the resulting cured film has a lower dielectric loss tangent and a higher A divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is preferred because it provides high tensile elongation.
Although the divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited, it is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
[In the formula (13), X 21 and X 22 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -). R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Y 20 represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (13-1) or (13-2). n21 and n22 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 21 is plural, the plural R 21 may be the same or different. When R 22 is plural, the plural R 22 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
 R21及びR22における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基の具体例としては、R及びRの説明において例示した置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基」の「炭素原子数1乃至6」とは、置換基を除く「アルキル基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Specific examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 21 and R 22 include the optionally substituted alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms exemplified in the description of R 1 and R 2 . An alkyl group is mentioned.
In addition, "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of "optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
[式(13-1)中、Z21は直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、ウレア結合(-NHCONH-)、チオエーテル結合(-S-)又はスルホニル結合(-SO-)を表す。R23及びR24はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。m21は0乃至3の整数を表す。n23及びn24はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。Z21が複数の場合、複数のZ21は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。n24が複数の場合、複数のn24は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R23が複数の場合、複数のR23は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R24が複数の場合、複数のR24は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。
 式(13-2)中、Z22は下記式(14)又は(15)で表される2価の有機基を表す。R25及びR26はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。n25及びn26はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。R25が複数の場合、複数のR25は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R26が複数の場合、複数のR26は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
[In the formula (13-1), Z 21 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), a urea bond ( -NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -). R 23 and R 24 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. m21 represents an integer of 0 to 3; n23 and n24 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When Z 21 is plural, the plural Z 21 may be the same or different. When n24 is plural, the plural n24 may be the same or different. When R 23 is plural, the plural R 23 may be the same or different. When R 24 is plural, the plural R 24 may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
In formula (13-2), Z 22 represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (14) or (15) below. R 25 and R 26 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. n25 and n26 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 25 is plural, the plural R 25 may be the same or different. When R 26 is plural, the plural R 26 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
 R23、R24、R25、及びR26における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基の具体例としては、R、R、R、及びRの説明において例示した置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基」の「炭素原子数1乃至6」とは、置換基を除く「炭化水素基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Specific examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are those in the description of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 Examples include optionally substituted hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
In addition, "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of "optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "hydrocarbon group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 R23、R24、R25及びR26における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、R及びRの説明において例示した置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 include, for example, the substituted alkyl group exemplified in the description of R 1 and R 2 A good alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
[式(14)中、R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。*は結合手を表す。
 式(15)中、R29及びR30はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基又は置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
[In formula (14), R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. * represents a bond.
In formula (15), R 29 and R 30 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. * represents a bond. ]
 R27及びR28におけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基の具体例としては、R及びRの説明において例示したハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 27 and R 28 are optionally substituted with the halogen atoms exemplified in the description of R 7 and R 8 A hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be mentioned.
 R29及びR30における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基の具体例としては、R及びR10の説明において例示した置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基」の「炭素原子数1乃至6」とは、置換基を除く「アルキレン基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Specific examples of the optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms for R 29 and R 30 include the optionally substituted alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms exemplified in the description of R 9 and R 10 . An alkylene group is mentioned.
The "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkylene group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 R29及びR30における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基の具体例としては、R及びR10の説明において例示した置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基」の「炭素原子数6乃至10」とは、置換基を除く「アリーレン基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Specific examples of the optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms for R 29 and R 30 include the optionally substituted arylene groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms exemplified in the description of R 9 and R 10 . An arylene group is mentioned.
The "6 to 10 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "arylene group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 式(14)で表される2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (14) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
In the formula, * represents a bond.
 式(15)で表される2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式中、R33~R35はそれぞれ独立にハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基を表す。n33は、0乃至5の整数を表す。n34及びn35はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。R33が複数の場合、複数のR33は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R34が複数の場合、複数のR34は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R35が複数の場合、複数のR35は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (15) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
In the formula, R 33 to R 35 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom represents an alkoxy group. n33 represents an integer of 0 to 5; n34 and n35 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 33 is plural, the plural R 33 may be the same or different. When R 34 is plural, the plural R 34 may be the same or different. When R 35 is plural, the plural R 35 may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
 R33~R35におけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基の具体例としては、R13~R15の説明において例示したハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 R33~R35におけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルコキシ基の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基をアルコキシ基にしたものが挙げられる。
Specific examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 33 to R 35 include the carbon atoms optionally substituted by halogen atoms exemplified in the description of R 13 to R 15 Examples include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 atoms.
Specific examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 33 to R 35 are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, based on.
 Ar1’及びAr3’としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Ar 1' and Ar 3' include, for example, divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
In the formula, * represents a bond.
 その他のAr1’及びAr3’としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Other Ar 1′ and Ar 3′ include, for example, divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
In the formula, * represents a bond.
<<Ar2’及びAr4’>>
 Ar2’及びAr4’における3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基としては、例えば、Ar及びArの説明において例示した3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基が挙げられる。
 Ar2’及びAr4’における3つ以上の芳香族環を有しない4価の有機基としては、例えば、1つ又は2つの芳香族環を有する4価の有機基又は芳香族環を有さない4価の有機基が挙げられる。1つ又は2つの芳香族環を有する4価の有機基は、例えば、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物誘導体に由来する。さらに、芳香族環を有さない4価の有機基は、例えば脂肪族テトラカルボン酸無水物誘導体に由来する。そのような4価の有機基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、以下の4価の有機基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
<<Ar 2′ and Ar 4′ >>
Examples of the tetravalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings for Ar 2' and Ar 4' include the tetravalent organic groups having 3 or more aromatic rings exemplified in the description of Ar 2 and Ar 4 . groups.
The tetravalent organic group having no three or more aromatic rings in Ar 2' and Ar 4' is, for example, a tetravalent organic group having one or two aromatic rings or an aromatic ring. and a tetravalent organic group that does not have A tetravalent organic group having one or two aromatic rings is derived, for example, from an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride derivative. Furthermore, the tetravalent organic group having no aromatic ring is derived from, for example, an aliphatic tetracarboxylic anhydride derivative. Examples of such a tetravalent organic group include, but are not particularly limited to, the following tetravalent organic groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
In the formula, * represents a bond.
 ポリアミック酸の全構造単位における式(1)で表される構造単位の割合としては、特に限定されないが、十分な感光性を得る観点から、10~100モル%が好ましく、50~100モル%がより好ましい。なお、構造単位は繰り返し単位でもある。
 ポリアミック酸が式(1’)で表される構造単位を有する場合、ポリアミック酸の全構造単位における式(1’)で表される構造単位の割合としては、特に限定されないが、1~90モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましい。
The ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (1) in the total structural units of the polyamic acid is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient photosensitivity, it is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, and 50 to 100 mol%. more preferred. A structural unit is also a repeating unit.
When the polyamic acid has a structural unit represented by the formula (1′), the proportion of the structural unit represented by the formula (1′) in the total structural units of the polyamic acid is not particularly limited, but is 1 to 90 mol. %, more preferably 1 to 50 mol %.
 ポリイミドのイミド化率が100%ではない場合、ポリイミドは、式(2)で表される構造単位の他に、式(1)で表される構造単位を有していてもよい。
 ポリイミドの全構造単位における式(1)で表される構造単位と式(2)で表される構造単位との合計の割合としては、特に限定されないが、十分な感光性を得る観点から、10~100モル%が好ましく、50~100モル%がより好ましい。
 ポリイミドが式(1’)で表される構造単位及び式(2’)で表される構造単位の少なくともいずれかを有する場合、ポリイミドの全構造単位における式(1’)で表される構造単位と式(2’)で表される構造単位との合計の割合としては、特に限定されないが、1~90モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましい。
When the imidization rate of the polyimide is not 100%, the polyimide may have a structural unit represented by formula (1) in addition to the structural unit represented by formula (2).
The total ratio of the structural units represented by the formula (1) and the structural units represented by the formula (2) in the total structural units of the polyimide is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient photosensitivity, it is 10 ~100 mol% is preferred, and 50 to 100 mol% is more preferred.
When the polyimide has at least one of the structural unit represented by the formula (1') and the structural unit represented by the formula (2'), the structural unit represented by the formula (1') in all the structural units of the polyimide and the structural unit represented by formula (2′) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 90 mol %, more preferably 1 to 50 mol %.
 反応生成物の重量平均分子量としては、特に限定されないが、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(以下、本明細書ではGPCと略称する)によるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量は、5,000~100,0000が好ましく、7,000~50,000がより好ましく、10,000~50,000が更に好ましく、10,000~40,000が特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the reaction product is not particularly limited. 0000 is preferred, 7,000 to 50,000 is more preferred, 10,000 to 50,000 is even more preferred, and 10,000 to 40,000 is particularly preferred.
<反応生成物の製造方法>
 反応生成物は、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物と3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体と、必要に応じて、その他のジアミン化合物と、その他のテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを反応させて得られる。
<Method for producing reaction product>
The reaction product comprises an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group, a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings, and optionally other diamine compounds and other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives. Obtained by reaction.
 反応生成物の製造方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ジアミン化合物とテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを反応させてポリアミック酸、又はポリイミドを得る公知の方法が挙げられる。ポリアミック酸、及びポリイミドは、例えば、WO2013/157586号公報に記載されるような公知の方法で合成出来る。 The method for producing the reaction product is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a known method for obtaining polyamic acid or polyimide by reacting a diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative. Polyamic acid and polyimide can be synthesized by a known method as described in WO2013/157586, for example.
 反応生成物の製造は、例えば、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物を含むジアミン成分と、3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分とを溶媒中で(縮重合)反応させることにより行われる。 The reaction product is produced, for example, by reacting (condensation polymerization) a diamine component containing an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group with a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component having three or more aromatic rings in a solvent. It is done by
 上記溶媒の具体例としては、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、γ-ブチロラクトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、N,N-ジメチルイソ酪酸アミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノンが挙げられる。また、重合体の溶媒溶解性が高い場合は、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、又は下記の式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒を用いることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式[D-1]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-2]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-3]中、Dは炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表す。)。
Specific examples of the above solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyric acid amide, dimethylsulfoxide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone. Further, when the polymer has high solvent solubility, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, or the following formulas [D-1] to [D-3] Any of the indicated solvents can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(In formula [D-1], D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; in formula [D-2], D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; -3], D 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.).
 これら溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、反応生成物を溶解しない溶媒であっても、反応生成物が析出しない範囲で、上記溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。 These solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even a solvent that does not dissolve the reaction product may be used by mixing with the above solvent within the range that the reaction product does not precipitate.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分とを溶媒中で反応させる際には、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができるが、好ましくは1~50質量%、より好ましくは5~30質量%である。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、溶媒を追加することもできる。
 反応においては、ジアミン成分の合計モル数とテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分の合計モル数の比は0.8~1.2であることが好ましい。通常の縮重合反応同様、このモル比が1.0に近いほど生成する反応生成物の分子量は大きくなる。
When the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative component are reacted in a solvent, the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The initial stage of the reaction may be carried out at a high concentration, and then the solvent may be added.
In the reaction, the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative component is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. As in a normal polycondensation reaction, the closer this molar ratio is to 1.0, the greater the molecular weight of the reaction product produced.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分とを反応させる際には、光重合性基の重合を避けるために、熱重合禁止剤を反応系に添加してもよい。
 熱重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、フェノチアジン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルフォプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩、N-ニトロソ-N(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。
 熱重合禁止剤の使用量としては、特に限定されない。
When reacting the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative component, a thermal polymerization inhibitor may be added to the reaction system in order to avoid polymerization of the photopolymerizable group.
Examples of thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether. diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-( N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt and the like.
The amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor used is not particularly limited.
 ポリイミドは、上記反応で得られた反応生成物であるポリアミック酸を脱水閉環して得られる。
 ポリイミドを得る方法としては、上記反応で得られた反応生成物であるポリアミック酸の溶液をそのまま加熱する熱イミド化、又はポリアミック酸の溶液に触媒を添加する化学イミド化が挙げられる。溶液中で熱イミド化させる場合の温度は、100~400℃、好ましくは120~250℃であり、イミド化反応により生成する水を系外に除きながら行う方が好ましい。
Polyimide is obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing the polyamic acid, which is the reaction product obtained in the above reaction.
Methods for obtaining polyimide include thermal imidization in which the polyamic acid solution, which is the reaction product obtained in the above reaction, is heated as it is, and chemical imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyamic acid solution. The temperature for thermal imidization in a solution is 100 to 400° C., preferably 120 to 250° C. It is preferable to perform the imidization reaction while removing water produced by the imidization reaction from the system.
 上記化学イミド化は、反応で得られたポリアミック酸の溶液に、塩基性触媒と酸無水物とを添加し、-20~250℃、好ましくは0~180℃で撹拌することにより行うことができる。塩基性触媒の量はアミド酸基の0.1~30モル倍、好ましくは0.2~20モル倍であり、酸無水物の量はアミド酸基の1~50モル倍、好ましくは1.5~30モル倍である。塩基性触媒としてはピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリオクチルアミンなどを挙げることができ、なかでも、トリエチルアミンは副生成物であるポリイソイミドが生成しにくいので好ましい。酸無水物としては、無水酢酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸などを挙げることができ、なかでも、無水酢酸を用いると反応終了後の精製が容易となるので好ましい。化学イミド化によるイミド化率(ポリイミド前駆体の有する全繰り返し単位に対する閉環される繰り返し単位の割合、閉環率ともいう。)は、触媒量と反応温度、反応時間を調節することにより制御することができる。 The chemical imidization can be carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the polyamic acid solution obtained by the reaction and stirring at -20 to 250°C, preferably 0 to 180°C. . The amount of the basic catalyst is 0.1 to 30 mol times, preferably 0.2 to 20 mol times the amount of the amic acid groups, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times the amount of the amic acid groups, preferably 1. 5 to 30 mol times. Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine. Among them, triethylamine is preferred because it hardly produces polyisoimide as a by-product. Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride. Among them, acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated. The rate of imidization by chemical imidization (ratio of repeating units to be ring-closed to all repeating units of the polyimide precursor, also referred to as rate of ring closure) can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time. can.
 上記イミド化の反応溶液から、生成したイミド化物を回収する場合には、反応溶液を溶媒に投入して沈殿させればよい。沈殿に用いる溶媒としてはメタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、トルエン、ベンゼン、水などを挙げることができる。溶媒に投入して沈殿させたポリマーは濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。 In the case of recovering the produced imidized product from the imidization reaction solution, the reaction solution may be put into a solvent to precipitate. Solvents used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water. The polymer precipitated by putting it into a solvent can be filtered and recovered, and then dried at room temperature or under heat under normal pressure or reduced pressure.
 ポリイミドは、繰り返し単位が一部又は全て閉環されている。ポリイミドにおけるイミド化率は好ましくは20~99%であり、好ましくは30~99%、より好ましくは50~99%である。 In polyimide, some or all of the repeating units are ring-closed. The imidization rate of polyimide is preferably 20 to 99%, preferably 30 to 99%, more preferably 50 to 99%.
 ポリイミドは、末端封止がされていてもよい。末端封止の方法としては、特に制限されず、例えば、モノアミン又は酸無水物を用いた従来公知の方法を用いることができる。 The polyimide may be end-sealed. A method for terminal blocking is not particularly limited, and for example, a conventionally known method using a monoamine or an acid anhydride can be used.
<溶剤>
 感光性樹脂組成物に含有される溶剤としては、反応生成物に対する溶解性の点から、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。具体的には、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、N,N-ジメチルイソ酪酸アミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、α-アセチル-γ-ブチロラクトン、テトラメチル尿素、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリノン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、乳酸エチル又は下記の式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶剤等が挙げられ、これらは単独又は2種以上の組合せで用いることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式[D-1]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-2]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-3]中、Dは炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表す。)。
<Solvent>
As the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable to use an organic solvent from the viewpoint of the solubility of the reaction product. Specifically, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyric acid amide , dimethyl sulfoxide, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, γ-butyrolactone, α-acetyl-γ-butyrolactone, tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolinone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, ethyl lactate or the following formulas [D-1] to [D-3] ], and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(In formula [D-1], D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; in formula [D-2], D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; -3], D 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.).
 溶剤は、感光性樹脂組成物の所望の塗布膜厚及び粘度に応じて、反応生成物100質量部に対し、例えば、30質量部~1500質量部の範囲、好ましくは100質量部~1000質量部の範囲で用いることができる。 The solvent is in the range of, for example, 30 parts by mass to 1500 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 1000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, depending on the desired coating thickness and viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition. can be used in the range of
<その他の成分>
 実施の形態では、感光性樹脂組成物は、反応生成物及び溶剤以外のその他の成分をさらに含有してもよい。その他の成分としては、例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤(「光ラジカル開始剤」ともいう)、架橋性化合物(「架橋剤」ともいう)、熱硬化剤、その他の樹脂成分、フィラー、増感剤、接着助剤、熱重合禁止剤、アゾール化合物、ヒンダードフェノール化合物などが挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
In embodiments, the photosensitive resin composition may further contain components other than the reaction product and the solvent. Other components include, for example, photoradical polymerization initiators (also referred to as “photoradical initiators”), crosslinkable compounds (also referred to as “crosslinkers”), thermosetting agents, other resin components, fillers, and sensitizers. , adhesion aids, thermal polymerization inhibitors, azole compounds, hindered phenol compounds, and the like.
<<光ラジカル重合開始剤>>
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、光硬化時に使用する光源に吸収をもつ化合物であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、tert-ブチルペルオキシ-iso-ブチレート、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(ベンゾイルジオキシ)ヘキサン、1,4-ビス[α-(tert-ブチルジオキシ)-iso-プロポキシ]ベンゼン、ジ-tert-ブチルペルオキシド、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)ヘキセンヒドロペルオキシド、α-(iso-プロピルフェニル)-iso-プロピルヒドロペルオキシド、tert-ブチルヒドロペルオキシド、1,1-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、ブチル-4,4-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)バレレート、シクロヘキサノンペルオキシド、2,2’,5,5’-テトラ(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-アミルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ヘキシルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ビス(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)-4,4’-ジカルボキシベンゾフェノン、tert-ブチルペルオキシベンゾエート、ジ-tert-ブチルジペルオキシイソフタレート等の有機過酸化物;9,10-アントラキノン、1-クロロアントラキノン、2-クロロアントラキノン、オクタメチルアントラキノン、1,2-ベンズアントラキノン等のキノン類;ベンゾインメチル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、α-メチルベンゾイン、α-フェニルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン誘導体;2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン、2-ヒドロキシ-1-[4-{4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)ベンジル}-フェニル]-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン、フェニルグリオキシリックアシッドメチルエステル、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、2-ジメチルアミノ-2-(4-メチルベンジル)-1-(4-モルホリン-4-イル-フェニル)-ブタン-1-オン等のアルキルフェノン系化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィンオキサイド系化合物;2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン、1-(O-アセチルオキシム)-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン等のオキシムエステル系化合物が挙げられる。
<<Photo radical polymerization initiator>>
The photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that absorbs the light source used for photocuring. benzoyldioxy)hexane, 1,4-bis[α-(tert-butyldioxy)-iso-propoxy]benzene, di-tert-butyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(tert-butyldioxy)hexene Hydroperoxide, α-(iso-propylphenyl)-iso-propyl hydroperoxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, 1,1-bis(tert-butyldioxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, butyl-4,4- Bis(tert-butyldioxy)valerate, cyclohexanone peroxide, 2,2′,5,5′-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3′,4,4′-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone , 3,3′,4,4′-tetra(tert-amylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3′,4,4′-tetra(tert-hexylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3′-bis(tert- butylperoxycarbonyl)-4,4'-dicarboxybenzophenone, tert-butylperoxybenzoate, di-tert-butyldiperoxyisophthalate and other organic peroxides; 9,10-anthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone, 2-chloro quinones such as anthraquinone, octamethylanthraquinone, and 1,2-benzanthraquinone; benzoin derivatives such as benzoin methyl, benzoin ethyl ether, α-methylbenzoin, and α-phenylbenzoin; 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane -1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2 -methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-1-[4-{4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl)benzyl}-phenyl]-2-methyl-propan-1-one, Phenylglyoxylic acid methyl ester, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one , 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone, 2-dimethylamino-2-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl) - alkylphenone compounds such as butan-1-one; acylphosphine oxide compounds such as bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenylphosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide; 2-(O-benzoyloxime)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione, 1-(O-acetyloxime)-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl )-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone and other oxime ester compounds.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、市販品として入手が可能であり、例えば、IRGACURE[登録商標]651、同184、同2959、同127、同907、同369、同379EG、同819、同819DW、同1800、同1870、同784、同OXE01、同OXE02、同OXE03、同OXE04、同250、同1173、同MBF、同TPO、同4265、同TPO(以上、BASF社製)、KAYACURE[登録商標]DETX-S、同MBP、同DMBI、同EPA、同OA(以上、日本化薬(株)製)、VICURE-10、同55(以上、STAUFFER Co.LTD製)、ESACURE KIP150、同TZT、同1001、同KTO46、同KB1、同KL200、同KS300、同EB3、トリアジン-PMS、トリアジンA、トリアジンB(以上、日本シイベルヘグナー(株)製)、アデカオプトマーN-1717、同N-1414、同N-1606、アデカアークルズN-1919T、同NCI-831E、同NCI-930、同NCI-730(以上、(株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。
 これらの光ラジカル重合開始剤は、単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
Radical photopolymerization initiators are commercially available, for example, IRGACURE [registered trademark] 651, 184, 2959, 127, 907, 369, 379EG, 819, 819DW, 1800, 1870, 784, OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04, 250, 1173, MBF, TPO, 4265, TPO (manufactured by BASF), KAYACURE [registered trademark] DETX-S, MBP, DMBI, EPA, OA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), VICURE-10, 55 (manufactured by STAUFFER Co. LTD), ESACURE KIP150, TZT, the same 1001, KTO46, KB1, KL200, KS300, EB3, Triazine-PMS, Triazine A, Triazine B (manufactured by Nihon SiberHegner Co., Ltd.), Adeka Optomer N-1717, N-1414, N-1606, ADEKA Arkles N-1919T, ADEKA NCI-831E, ADEKA NCI-930, and ADEKA NCI-730 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
These radical photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~20質量部が好ましく、光感度特性の観点から0.5質量部~15質量部がより好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤を反応生成物100質量部に対し0.1質量部以上含有する場合には、感光性樹脂組成物の光感度が向上しやすく、一方で、20質量部以下含有する場合には、感光性樹脂組成物の厚膜硬化性が改善しやすい。 The content of the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass. part is more preferred. If it contains 0.1 parts by mass or more of the photoradical polymerization initiator with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, the photosensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition is likely to be improved, on the other hand, if it contains 20 parts by mass or less is likely to improve the thick-film curability of the photosensitive resin composition.
<<架橋性化合物>>
 実施の形態では、レリーフパターンの解像性を向上させるために、光ラジカル重合性の不飽和結合を有するモノマー(架橋性化合物)を任意に感光性樹脂組成物に含有させることができる。
 このような架橋性化合物としては、光ラジカル重合開始剤によりラジカル重合反応する(メタ)アクリル化合物が好ましく、特に以下に限定するものではないが、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコール又はポリエチレングリコールモノ又はジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコール又はポリプロピレングリコールのモノ又はジ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールのモノ、ジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキサンジ(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキサンジメタノールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジオキサングリコールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAのモノ又はジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールFのジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールAのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ベンゼントリメタクリレート、9,9-ビス[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレンのジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレートのジ(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、アクリルアミド及びその誘導体、メタクリルアミド及びその誘導体、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールのジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールのジ、トリ、又はテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、並びにこれら化合物のエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイド付加物等の化合物、2-イソシアネートエチル(メタ)アクリレート又はイソシアネート含有(メタ)アクリレート、及びこれらにメチルエチルケトンオキシム、ε-カプロラクタム、γ-カプロラクタム、3,5-ジメチルピラゾール、マロン酸ジエチル、エタノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等のブロック剤を付加した化合物を挙げることができる。尚、これらの化合物は単独で使用しても、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを意味する。
<<crosslinkable compound>>
In the embodiment, in order to improve the resolution of the relief pattern, a monomer having a photoradical polymerizable unsaturated bond (a crosslinkable compound) can be arbitrarily included in the photosensitive resin composition.
As such a crosslinkable compound, a (meth)acrylic compound that undergoes a radical polymerization reaction with a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable. ) acrylate, ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol mono or di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol or polypropylene glycol mono or di (meth) acrylate, glycerol mono, di or tri (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (Meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di( meth)acrylate, cyclohexane di(meth)acrylate, cyclohexanedimethanol di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol di(meth)acrylate, dioxane glycol di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol A mono- or di(meth)acrylate ) acrylate, di(meth)acrylate of bisphenol F, di(meth)acrylate of hydrogenated bisphenol A, benzene trimethacrylate, di(meth)acrylate of 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene , tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate di (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, acrylamide and its derivatives, methacrylamide and its derivatives, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, glycerol di or tri (meth) ) acrylates, di-, tri-, or tetra-(meth)acrylates of pentaerythritol, and compounds such as ethylene oxide or propylene oxide adducts of these compounds, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate or isocyanate-containing (meth)acrylates, and these to methyl ethyl ketone oxime, ε-caprolactam, γ-caprolactam, 3,5-dimethylpyrazole, diethyl malonate, ethanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and other blocking agents. can. In addition, these compounds may be used individually or may be used in combination of 2 or more types. Moreover, in this specification, (meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate.
 架橋性化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対し、好ましくは1質量部~100質量部であり、より好ましくは1質量部~50質量部である。 Although the content of the crosslinkable compound is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
<<熱硬化剤>>
 熱硬化剤としては、例えば、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン、テトラメトキシメチルグリコールウリル、テトラメトキシメチルベンゾグアナミン、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ヒドロキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)尿素、1,1,3,3-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)尿素及び1,1,3,3-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)尿素などが挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物における熱硬化剤の含有量は、特に限定されない。
<<Heat curing agent>>
Examples of heat curing agents include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, tetramethoxymethylglycoluril, tetramethoxymethylbenzoguanamine, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis ( butoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)urea and 1, 1,3,3-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)urea and the like.
The content of the thermosetting agent in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited.
<<フィラー>>
 フィラーとしては、例えば無機フィラーが挙げられ、具体的にはシリカ、窒化アルミ二ウム、窒化ボロン、ジルコニア、アルミナなどのゾルが挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物にけるフィラーの含有量は、特に限定されない。
<<Filler>>
Examples of fillers include inorganic fillers, and specific examples include sols of silica, aluminum nitride, boron nitride, zirconia, alumina, and the like.
The content of the filler in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited.
<<その他の樹脂成分>>
 実施の形態では、感光性樹脂組成物は、反応生成物以外の樹脂成分をさらに含有してもよい。感光性樹脂組成物に含有させることができる樹脂成分としては、例えば、ポリオキサゾール、ポリオキサゾール前駆体、フェノール樹脂、ポリアミド、エポキシ樹脂、シロキサン樹脂、アクリル樹脂等が挙げられる。
 これらの樹脂成分の含有量は、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部~20質量部の範囲である。
<<Other resin components>>
In embodiments, the photosensitive resin composition may further contain a resin component other than the reaction product. Examples of resin components that can be contained in the photosensitive resin composition include polyoxazoles, polyoxazole precursors, phenol resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, siloxane resins, and acrylic resins.
The content of these resin components is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
<<増感剤>>
 実施の形態では、感光性樹脂組成物には、光感度を向上させるために増感剤を任意に配合することができる。
 増感剤としては、例えば、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、2,5-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロペンタン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)カルコン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)カルコン、p-ジメチルアミノシンナミリデンインダノン、p-ジメチルアミノベンジリデンインダノン、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビフェニレン)-ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)イソナフトチアゾール、1,3-ビス(4’-ジメチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、1,3-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、3,3’-カルボニル-ビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、3-アセチル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-ベンジロキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-メトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、N-フェニル-N’-エチルエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン、N-p-トリルジエタノールアミン、N-フェニルエタノールアミン、4-モルホリノベンゾフェノン、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、ジエチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール、1-フェニル-5-メルカプトテトラゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ナフト(1,2-d)チアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノベンゾイル)スチレン等が挙げられる。
 これらは単独で、又は複数の組合せで用いることができる。
<<Sensitizer>>
In embodiments, the photosensitive resin composition may optionally contain a sensitizer to improve photosensitivity.
Sensitizers include, for example, Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal) Cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamyl denindanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylideneindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)iso naphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4′-dimethylaminobenzal)acetone, 1,3-bis(4′-diethylaminobenzal)acetone, 3,3′-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3 -acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylamino Coumarin, N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, Np-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-morpholinobenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-mercapto benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl) ) naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzoyl)styrene and the like.
These can be used singly or in multiple combinations.
 増感剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~25質量部であることが好ましい。 Although the content of the sensitizer is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
<<接着助剤>>
 実施の形態では、感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される膜と基材との接着性を向上させるために、接着助剤を任意に感光性樹脂組成物に配合することができる。
 接着助剤としては、例えば、γ-アミノプロピルジメトキシシラン、N-(β-アミノエチル)-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルジメトキシメチルシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ジメトキシメチル-3-ピペリジノプロピルシラン、ジエトキシ-3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルシラン、N-(3-ジエトキシメチルシリルプロピル)スクシンイミド、N-〔3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル〕フタルアミド酸、ベンゾフェノン-3,3’-ビス(N-〔3-トリエトキシシリル〕プロピルアミド)-4,4’-ジカルボン酸、ベンゼン-1,4-ビス(N-〔3-トリエトキシシリル〕プロピルアミド)-2,5-ジカルボン酸、3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピルスクシニックアンハイドライド、N-フェニルアミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のシランカップリング剤、及びアルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)、エチルアセトアセテートアルミニウムジイソプロピレート等のアルミニウム系接着助剤等が挙げられる。
<<Adhesion Aid>>
In the embodiment, an adhesion promoter can optionally be added to the photosensitive resin composition in order to improve the adhesion between the film formed using the photosensitive resin composition and the substrate.
Examples of adhesion promoters include γ-aminopropyldimethoxysilane, N-(β-aminoethyl)-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, dimethoxymethyl-3-piperidinopropylsilane, diethoxy-3-glycidoxypropylmethylsilane, N-(3 -diethoxymethylsilylpropyl)succinimide, N-[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]phthalamic acid, benzophenone-3,3′-bis(N-[3-triethoxysilyl]propylamide)-4,4′ -dicarboxylic acid, benzene-1,4-bis(N-[3-triethoxysilyl]propylamide)-2,5-dicarboxylic acid, 3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl succinic anhydride, N-phenylaminopropyl Silane coupling agents such as trimethoxysilane, and aluminum-based adhesion aids such as aluminum tris(ethylacetoacetate), aluminum tris(acetylacetonate), ethylacetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, and the like can be mentioned.
 これらの接着助剤のうちでは、接着力の点からシランカップリング剤を用いることがより好ましい。 Among these adhesion aids, it is more preferable to use a silane coupling agent in terms of adhesion.
 接着助剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対し、0.5質量部~25質量部の範囲が好ましい。 The content of the adhesion aid is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
<<熱重合禁止剤>>
 実施の形態では、特に溶剤を含む溶液の状態での保存時の感光性樹脂組成物の粘度及び光感度の安定性を向上させるために、熱重合禁止剤を任意に配合することができる。
 熱重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、フェノチアジン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルフォプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩、N-ニトロソ-N(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩等が用いられる。
<<Thermal polymerization inhibitor>>
In the embodiment, a thermal polymerization inhibitor can be arbitrarily blended in order to improve the stability of the viscosity and photosensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly during storage in the state of a solution containing a solvent.
Examples of thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether. diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-( N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt and the like are used.
 熱重合禁止剤の含有量としては、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対し、0.005質量部~12質量部の範囲が好ましい。 The content of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.005 parts by mass to 12 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product.
<<アゾール化合物>>
 例えば、銅又は銅合金から成る基板を用いる場合には、基板変色を抑制するためにアゾール化合物を任意に感光性樹脂組成物に配合することができる。
 アゾール化合物としては、例えば、1H-トリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-トリアゾール、5-エチル-1H-トリアゾール、4,5-ジメチル-1H-トリアゾール、5-フェニル-1H-トリアゾール、4-t-ブチル-5-フェニル-1H-トリアゾール、5-ヒドロキシフェニル-1H-トリアゾール、フェニルトリアゾール、p-エトキシフェニルトリアゾール、5-フェニル-1-(2-ジメチルアミノエチル)トリアゾール、5-ベンジル-1H-トリアゾール、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアゾール、1,5-ジメチルトリアゾール、4,5-ジエチル-1H-トリアゾール、1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α―ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-アミル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-t-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、ヒドロキシフェニルベンゾトリアゾール、トリルトリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、4-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、4-カルボキシ-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、5-カルボキシ-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、1H-テトラゾール、5-メチル-1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニル-1H-テトラゾール、5-アミノ-1H-テトラゾール、1-メチル-1H-テトラゾール等が挙げられる。特に好ましくは、トリルトリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、及び4-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾールが挙げられる。
 また、これらのアゾール化合物は、1種で用いても2種以上の混合物で用いてもよい。
<<Azole compound>>
For example, when using a substrate made of copper or a copper alloy, an azole compound can optionally be added to the photosensitive resin composition in order to suppress discoloration of the substrate.
Azole compounds include, for example, 1H-triazole, 5-methyl-1H-triazole, 5-ethyl-1H-triazole, 4,5-dimethyl-1H-triazole, 5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 4-t-butyl -5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 5-hydroxyphenyl-1H-triazole, phenyltriazole, p-ethoxyphenyltriazole, 5-phenyl-1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)triazole, 5-benzyl-1H-triazole, Hydroxyphenyltriazole, 1,5-dimethyltriazole, 4,5-diethyl-1H-triazole, 1H-benzotriazole, 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2-hydroxy-3, 5-bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-benzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3-t-butyl-5-methyl -2-hydroxyphenyl)-benzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-t-amyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-t-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, Hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, tolyltriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 4-carboxy-1H-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole, 5- methyl-1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyl-1H-tetrazole, 5-amino-1H-tetrazole, 1-methyl-1H-tetrazole and the like. Particularly preferred are tolyltriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole and 4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole.
In addition, these azole compounds may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more.
 アゾール化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~20質量部であることが好ましく、光感度特性の観点から0.5質量部~5質量部であることがより好ましい。アゾール化合物の反応生成物100質量部に対する含有量が0.1質量部以上である場合には、感光性樹脂組成物を銅又は銅合金の上に形成したときに、銅又は銅合金表面の変色が抑制され、一方、20質量部以下である場合には、光感度に優れるため好ましい。 The content of the azole compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. Part is more preferred. When the content of the azole compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product is 0.1 parts by mass or more, discoloration of the copper or copper alloy surface when the photosensitive resin composition is formed on copper or copper alloy is suppressed, and on the other hand, when it is 20 parts by mass or less, the photosensitivity is excellent, which is preferable.
<<ヒンダードフェノール化合物>>
 実施の形態では、銅上の変色を抑制するためにヒンダードフェノール化合物を任意に感光性樹脂組成物に配合することができる。
 ヒンダードフェノール化合物としては、例えば、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、2,5-ジ-t-ブチル-ハイドロキノン、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネ-ト、イソオクチル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、4、4’-メチレンビス(2、6-ジ-t-ブチルフェノール)、4,4’-チオ-ビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、4,4’-ブチリデン-ビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、N,N’ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、2,2’-メチレン-ビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレン-ビス(4-エチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3,5-トリス(3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチル-4-イソプロピルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-s-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス[4-(1-エチルプロピル)-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス[4-トリエチルメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチル-4-フェニルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5,6-トリメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-6-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-6-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5,6-ジエチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5‐エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン等が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
 これらの中でも、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオンが特に好ましい。
<<Hindered phenol compound>>
In embodiments, a hindered phenolic compound can optionally be incorporated into the photosensitive resin composition to inhibit discoloration on copper.
Hindered phenol compounds include, for example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,5-di-t-butyl-hydroquinone, octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl -4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, isooctyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 4,4′-methylenebis(2,6-di-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-thio-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3 -t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2,2 -thio-diethylenebis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], N,N'hexamethylenebis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydro cinnamamide), 2,2′-methylene-bis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylene-bis(4-ethyl-6-t-butylphenol), pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], tris-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-isocyanurate, 1,3,5- Trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-isopropylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-s-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris[4-(1-ethylpropyl)-3-hydroxy-2,6- dimethylbenzyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris[4-triethylmethyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl benzyl]-1 ,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylbenzyl)-1,3 ,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,5,6-trimethylbenzyl)-1 , 3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl benzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-6-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2 -methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-6-ethyl-3-hydroxy -2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-5,6 -diethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl -3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3 -hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-5 -ethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione and the like, but are not limited thereto. .
Among these, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H )-trione is particularly preferred.
 ヒンダードフェノール化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、反応生成物100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~20質量部であることが好ましく、光感度特性の観点から0.5質量部~10質量部であることがより好ましい。ヒンダードフェノール化合物の反応生成物100質量部に対する含有量が0.1質量部以上である場合、例えば銅又は銅合金の上に感光性樹脂組成物を形成した場合に、銅又は銅合金の変色・腐食が防止され、一方、20質量部以下である場合には光感度に優れるため好ましい。 The content of the hindered phenol compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product, and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 to 20 parts by mass It is more preferably 10 parts by mass. When the content of the hindered phenol compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the reaction product is 0.1 parts by mass or more, for example, when a photosensitive resin composition is formed on copper or a copper alloy, discoloration of copper or copper alloy - Corrosion is prevented, and on the other hand, when it is 20 parts by mass or less, it is preferable because it is excellent in photosensitivity.
 感光性樹脂組成物は、後述する硬化レリーフパターンの製造のためのネガ型感光性樹脂組成物として好適に用いることができる。 The photosensitive resin composition can be suitably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition for producing a cured relief pattern, which will be described later.
(樹脂膜)
 本発明の樹脂膜は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の塗布膜の焼成物である。
 塗布方法としては、従来から感光性樹脂組成物の塗布に用いられている方法、例えば、スピンコーター、バーコーター、ブレードコーター、カーテンコーター、スクリーン印刷機等で塗布する方法、スプレーコーターで噴霧塗布する方法等を用いることができる。
 焼成物を得る際の焼成の方法としては、例えば、ホットプレートによるもの、オーブンを用いるもの、温度プログラムを設定できる昇温式オーブンを用いるもの等種々の方法を選ぶことができる。焼成は、例えば、130℃~250℃で30分~5時間の条件で行うことができる。加熱硬化時の雰囲気気体としては空気を用いてもよく、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性ガスを用いることもできる。
 樹脂膜の厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、1μm~100μmが好ましく、2μm~50μmがより好ましい。
 樹脂膜は、例えば、絶縁膜である。
(resin film)
The resin film of the present invention is a baked product of the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
As the coating method, a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition, for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
As a baking method for obtaining a baked product, various methods can be selected such as, for example, using a hot plate, using an oven, and using a heating oven in which a temperature program can be set. Firing can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours. Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
The thickness of the resin film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 50 μm.
The resin film is, for example, an insulating film.
(感光性レジストフィルム)
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性レジストフィルム(所謂、ドライフィルムレジスト)に用いることができる。
 感光性レジストフィルムは、基材フィルムと、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物から形成される感光性樹脂層(感光性樹脂膜)と、カバーフィルムとを有する。
 通常、基材フィルム上に、感光性樹脂層と、カバーフィルムとがこの順で積層されている。
(Photosensitive resist film)
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used for photosensitive resist films (so-called dry film resists).
The photosensitive resist film has a base film, a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and a cover film.
Usually, a photosensitive resin layer and a cover film are laminated in this order on a base film.
 感光性レジストフィルムは、例えば、基材フィルム上に、感光性樹脂組成物を塗布し、乾燥させて感光性樹脂層を形成した後、その感光性樹脂層上にカバーフィルムを積層することにより製造できる。
 塗布方法としては、従来から感光性樹脂組成物の塗布に用いられている方法、例えば、スピンコーター、バーコーター、ブレードコーター、カーテンコーター、スクリーン印刷機等で塗布する方法、スプレーコーターで噴霧塗布する方法等を用いることができる。
 乾燥の方法としては、例えば、20℃~200℃で1分~1時間の条件が挙げられる。
 得られる感光性樹脂層の厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、1μm~100μmが好ましく、2μm~50μmがより好ましい。
A photosensitive resist film is produced, for example, by coating a base film with a photosensitive resin composition, drying it to form a photosensitive resin layer, and then laminating a cover film on the photosensitive resin layer. can.
As the coating method, a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition, for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
The drying method includes, for example, conditions of 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour.
The thickness of the resulting photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 50 μm.
 基材フィルムには、公知のものを使用でき、例えば熱可塑性樹脂フィルム等が用いられる。この熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステルが挙げられる。基材フィルムの厚みは、2μm~150μmが好ましい。
 カバーフィルムには、公知のものを使用でき、例えばポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム等が用いられる。カバーフィルムとしては、感光性樹脂層との接着力が、基材フィルムよりも小さいフィルムが好ましい。カバーフィルムの厚みは、2μm~150μmが好ましく、2μm~100μmがより好ましく、5μm~50μmが特に好ましい。
 基材フィルムとカバーフィルムとは、同一のフィルム材料であってもよいし、異なるフィルムを用いてもよい。
A known base film can be used, and for example, a thermoplastic resin film or the like is used. Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate. The thickness of the base film is preferably 2 μm to 150 μm.
A known cover film can be used, for example, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or the like. As the cover film, a film having adhesive strength to the photosensitive resin layer smaller than that of the base film is preferable. The thickness of the cover film is preferably 2 μm to 150 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 100 μm, particularly preferably 5 μm to 50 μm.
The base film and the cover film may be made of the same film material, or may be made of different films.
(硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法)
 本発明の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法は、
 (1)本発明に係る感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層(感光性樹脂膜)を該基板上に形成する工程と、
 (2)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
 (3)該露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
 (4)該レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と
を含む。
(Manufacturing method of substrate with cured relief pattern)
The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate of the present invention comprises:
(1) a step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) on the substrate;
(2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
(3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
(4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
 以下、各工程について説明する。 Each step will be explained below.
 (1)本発明に係る感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を該基板上に形成する工程
 本工程では、本発明に係る感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布し、必要に応じて、その後に乾燥させて、感光性樹脂層を形成する。塗布方法としては、従来から感光性樹脂組成物の塗布に用いられている方法、例えば、スピンコーター、バーコーター、ブレードコーター、カーテンコーター、スクリーン印刷機等で塗布する方法、スプレーコーターで噴霧塗布する方法等を用いることができる。
(1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate. In this step, the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention is applied onto the substrate. Then, if necessary, it is dried to form a photosensitive resin layer. As the coating method, a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition, for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
 必要に応じて、感光性樹脂組成物から成る塗膜を乾燥させることができ、そして乾燥方法としては、例えば、風乾、オーブン又はホットプレートによる加熱乾燥、真空乾燥等の方法が用いられる。具体的には、風乾又は加熱乾燥を行う場合、20℃~200℃で1分~1時間の条件で乾燥を行うことができる。以上により基板上に感光性樹脂層を形成できる。 If necessary, the coating film made of the photosensitive resin composition can be dried, and drying methods include, for example, air drying, heat drying using an oven or hot plate, vacuum drying, and the like. Specifically, when air drying or heat drying is performed, drying can be performed at 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour. As described above, a photosensitive resin layer can be formed on the substrate.
(2)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程
 本工程では、上記(1)工程で形成した感光性樹脂層を、コンタクトアライナー、ミラープロジェクション、ステッパー等の露光装置を用いて、パターンを有するフォトマスク又はレチクルを介して又は直接に、紫外線光源等により露光する。
 露光の際に使用される光源としては、例えば、g線、h線、i線、ghi線ブロードバンド、及びKrFエキシマレーザーが挙げられる。露光量は25mJ/cm~2000mJ/cmが望ましい。
(2) Step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer In this step, the photosensitive resin layer formed in the above step (1) is exposed using an exposure device such as a contact aligner, a mirror projection, a stepper, or the like to form a photomask having a pattern. Alternatively, it is exposed to an ultraviolet light source or the like through a reticle or directly.
Light sources used for exposure include, for example, g-line, h-line, i-line, ghi-line broadband, and KrF excimer laser. The exposure amount is desirably 25 mJ/cm 2 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 .
 この後、光感度の向上等の目的で、必要に応じて、任意の温度及び時間の組合せによる露光後ベーク(PEB)及び/又は現像前ベークを施してもよい。ベーク条件の範囲は、温度は50℃~200℃であることが好ましく、時間は10秒~600秒であることが好ましいが、感光性樹脂組成物の諸特性を阻害するものでない限り、この範囲に限らない。 After that, for the purpose of improving photosensitivity, etc., post-exposure baking (PEB) and/or pre-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary. As for the baking conditions, the temperature is preferably 50° C. to 200° C., and the time is preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds. is not limited to
(3)該露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程
 本工程では、露光後の感光性樹脂層のうち未露光部を現像除去する。露光(照射)後の感光性樹脂層を現像する現像方法としては、従来知られているフォトレジストの現像方法、例えば、回転スプレー法、パドル法、超音波処理を伴う浸漬法等の中から任意の方法を選択して使用することができる。また、現像の後、現像液を除去する目的でリンスを施してもよい。さらに、レリーフパターンの形状を調整する等の目的で、必要に応じて、任意の温度及び時間の組合せによる現像後ベークを施してもよい。
 現像に使用される現像液としては、有機溶媒が好ましい。有機溶媒としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、α-アセチル-γ-ブチロラクトン等が好ましい。また、各溶媒を2種以上、例えば数種類組合せて用いることもできる。
 リンスに使用されるリンス液としては、現像液と混和し、感光性樹脂組成物に対して溶解性が低い有機溶媒が好ましい。リンス液としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、乳酸エチル、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、トルエン、キシレン等が好ましい。また、各溶媒を2種以上、例えば数種類組合せて用いることもできる。
(3) Step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern In this step, an unexposed portion of the exposed photosensitive resin layer is removed by development. As a developing method for developing the photosensitive resin layer after exposure (irradiation), any of conventionally known photoresist developing methods such as a rotary spray method, a paddle method, an immersion method accompanied by ultrasonic treatment, and the like can be used. method can be selected and used. After development, rinsing may be performed for the purpose of removing the developer. Furthermore, for the purpose of adjusting the shape of the relief pattern, etc., post-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary.
Organic solvents are preferred as the developer used for development. Examples of organic solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, γ-butyrolactone, α- Acetyl-γ-butyrolactone and the like are preferred. Moreover, two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
As the rinsing liquid used for rinsing, an organic solvent that is miscible with the developer and has low solubility in the photosensitive resin composition is preferable. Preferred examples of the rinse liquid include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, toluene, and xylene. Moreover, two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
(4)該レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程
 本工程では、上記現像により得られたレリーフパターンを加熱して硬化レリーフパターンに変換する。反応生成物がポリアミック酸の場合には、この加熱によって熱的イミド化が行われ、ポリイミドを含む硬化レリーフパターンが得られる。加熱硬化の方法としては、例えば、ホットプレートによるもの、オーブンを用いるもの、温度プログラムを設定できる昇温式オーブンを用いるもの等種々の方法を選ぶことができる。加熱は、例えば、130℃~250℃で30分~5時間の条件で行うことができる。加熱硬化時の雰囲気気体としては空気を用いてもよく、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性ガスを用いることもできる。
(4) Step of Heating the Relief Pattern to Form a Hardened Relief Pattern In this step, the relief pattern obtained by the development is heated and converted into a hardened relief pattern. When the reaction product is a polyamic acid, this heating results in thermal imidization resulting in a cured relief pattern comprising polyimide. As the heat curing method, various methods can be selected, for example, a method using a hot plate, a method using an oven, and a method using a heating oven capable of setting a temperature program. Heating can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours. Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
 硬化レリーフパターンの厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、1μm~100μmが好ましく、2μm~50μmがより好ましい。 Although the thickness of the cured relief pattern is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 50 μm.
(半導体装置)
 実施の形態では、半導体素子と該半導体素子の上部又は下部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置も提供される。硬化膜は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンである。硬化レリーフパターンは、例えば、上述した硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法における工程(1)~(4)により得ることができる。
 また、本発明は、基板として半導体素子を用い、上述した硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法を工程の一部として含む半導体装置の製造方法にも適用できる。本発明の半導体装置は、硬化レリーフパターンを、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜、再配線用絶縁膜、フリップチップ装置用保護膜、又はバンプ構造を有する半導体装置の保護膜等として形成し、既知の半導体装置の製造方法と組合せることで製造することができる。
(semiconductor device)
Embodiments also provide a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided over or under the semiconductor element. A cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The cured relief pattern can be obtained, for example, by steps (1) to (4) in the method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern described above.
The present invention can also be applied to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device using a semiconductor element as a substrate and including the above-described method of manufacturing a substrate with a cured relief pattern as part of the steps. The semiconductor device of the present invention forms a cured relief pattern as a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, a rewiring insulating film, a protective film for a flip chip device, a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure, or the like. It can be manufactured by combining with a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device.
(表示体装置)
 実施の形態では、表示体素子と該表示体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える表示体装置であって、該硬化膜は上述の硬化レリーフパターンである表示体装置が提供される。ここで、当該硬化レリーフパターンは、当該表示体素子に直接接して積層されていてもよく、別の層を間に挟んで積層されていてもよい。例えば、該硬化膜として、TFT(Thin Film Transistor)液晶表示素子及びカラーフィルター素子の表面保護膜、絶縁膜、及び平坦化膜、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)型液晶表示装置用の突起、並びに有機EL(Electro-Luminescence)素子陰極用の隔壁を挙げることができる。
(Display device)
In an embodiment, there is provided a display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on top of the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern described above. Here, the cured relief pattern may be laminated in direct contact with the display element, or may be laminated with another layer interposed therebetween. For example, the cured film includes a surface protective film, an insulating film, and a flattening film for TFT (Thin Film Transistor) liquid crystal display elements and color filter elements, projections for MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) type liquid crystal display devices, and A partition wall for an organic EL (Electro-Luminescence) device cathode can be mentioned.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記のような半導体装置への適用の他、多層回路の層間絶縁膜、フレキシブル銅張板のカバーコート、ソルダーレジスト膜、及び液晶配向膜等の用途にも有用である。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, in addition to application to the semiconductor device as described above, is also used for applications such as interlayer insulating films of multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad plates, solder resist films, and liquid crystal alignment films. Useful.
 次に実施例を挙げ本発明の内容を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Next, the contents of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Examples, but the present invention is not limited to these.
 下記合成例に示す重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(以下、本明細書ではGPCと略称する)による測定結果である。測定には、GPC装置(HLC-8320GPC(東ソー(株)製))を用い、測定条件は以下の通りである。
 ・カラム:Shodex〔登録商標〕KD-805/Shodex〔登録商標〕KD-803(昭和電工(株)製)
 ・カラム温度:50℃
 ・流量:1mL/分
 ・溶離液:N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)、臭化リチウム一水和物(30mM)/リン酸(30mM)/テトラヒドロフラン(1%)
 ・標準試料:ポリエチレンオキシド
The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) shown in the synthesis examples below is the result of measurement by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GPC in this specification). For measurement, a GPC apparatus (HLC-8320GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)) is used, and the measurement conditions are as follows.
Column: Shodex (registered trademark) KD-805 / Shodex (registered trademark) KD-803 (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
・Column temperature: 50°C
・Flow rate: 1 mL/min ・Eluent: N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), lithium bromide monohydrate (30 mM)/phosphoric acid (30 mM)/tetrahydrofuran (1%)
・Standard sample: polyethylene oxide
 下記合成例に示す化学イミド化率は、以下の方法で算出した。ポリイミド粉末100mgをNMRサンプル管(NMRサンプリングチューブスタンダード,φ5((株)草野科学製))に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d6,0.05%TMS(テトラメチルシラン)混合品)(0.53ml)を添加し、超音波をかけて完全に溶解させた。この溶液をNMR測定装置(JNM-ECA500)(日本電子(株)製)にて500MHzのプロトンNMRを測定した。化学イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.5ppm~11.0ppm付近に現れるアミド酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い以下の式によって求めた。
 化学イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
 上記式において、xはアミド酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミック酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミド酸のNH基プロトン1個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。
The chemical imidization rates shown in the Synthesis Examples below were calculated by the following method. Put 100 mg of polyimide powder in an NMR sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard, φ5 (manufactured by Kusano Kagaku Co., Ltd.)), deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6, 0.05% TMS (tetramethylsilane) mixture) ( 0.53 ml) was added and sonicated to completely dissolve. This solution was subjected to proton NMR at 500 MHz using an NMR spectrometer (JNM-ECA500) (manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). For the chemical imidization rate, a proton derived from a structure that does not change before and after imidization is determined as a reference proton, and the peak integrated value of this proton and the proton derived from the NH group of amic acid appearing around 9.5 ppm to 11.0 ppm. It was calculated by the following formula using the peak integrated value.
Chemical imidization rate (%) = (1-α x/y) x 100
In the above formula, x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid, y is the peak integrated value of the reference proton, and α is one NH group proton of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidization rate is 0%). is the number ratio of reference protons to
<合成例1> ポリアミック酸(P-1)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)11.00g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.05g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン33.14gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物21.45g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン42.68gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、60℃で93時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-1)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は22,868であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
<Synthesis Example 1> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-1) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 11.00 g, 2,6- After dissolving 0.05 g of di-tert-butyl-p-cresol and 33.14 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature with stirring, 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropyl 21.45 g of lydendiphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 42.68 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 60° C. for 93 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-1) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 22,868 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
<合成例2> ポリアミック酸(P-2)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)9.85g、1,4-ビス[2-(4-アミノフェニル)-2-プロピル]ベンゼン12.84g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン53.04gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物37.25g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン86.91gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で89時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-2)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は25,273であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
<Synthesis Example 2> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-2) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 9.85 g, 1,4- 12.84 g of bis[2-(4-aminophenyl)-2-propyl]benzene, 0.04 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 53.04 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were stirred in air. Then, after stirring at room temperature to dissolve, 37.25 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 86.91 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system. and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then stirred at 50° C. for 89 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-2) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 25,273 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
<合成例3> ポリアミック酸(P-3)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)10.18g、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン11.26g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン50.13gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物38.49g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン89.82gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で89時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-3)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は26,998であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
<Synthesis Example 3> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-3) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 10.18 g, 1,4- 11.26 g of bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 0.04 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 50.13 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air. Then, 38.49 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 89.82 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone are added to the system and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After that, the mixture was stirred at 50°C for 89 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-3) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 26,998 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
<合成例4> ポリアミック酸(P-4)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)13.73g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン9.14g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.06g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン53.50gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物37.08g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン86.53gを系内に加え、室温で2時間撹拌した後、50℃で88時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-4)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は24,973であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
<Synthesis Example 4> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-4) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 13.73 g, 2,2- 9.14 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.06 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 53.50 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were placed in air at room temperature. After dissolving with stirring, 37.08 g of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride and 86.53 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the mixture was stirred at 50°C for 88 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-4) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 24,973 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
<合成例5> ポリアミック酸(P-5)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)9.47g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン14.70g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン56.49gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物35.79g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン83.51gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で89時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-5)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は27,852であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
<Synthesis Example 5> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-5) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 9.47 g, 2,2- 14.70 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.04 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 56.49 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were placed in air at room temperature. After dissolving with stirring, 35.79 g of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride and 83.51 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 89 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-5) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 27,852 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
<合成例6> ポリアミック酸(P-6)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)3.59g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン13.01g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.01g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン66.47gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物23.33g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン93.33gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で95時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-6)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は56,737であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
<Synthesis Example 6> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-6) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 3.59 g, 2,2- 13.01 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.01 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 66.47 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were placed in air at room temperature. After dissolving with stirring, 23.33 g of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride and 93.33 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 95 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-6) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 56,737 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
<合成例7> ポリアミック酸(P-7)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)1.16g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン16.22g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.01g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン69.53gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物22.62g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン90.47gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で95時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-7)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は58,225であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
<Synthesis Example 7> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-7) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 1.16 g, 2,2- 16.22 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.01 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 69.53 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were placed in air at room temperature. After dissolving with stirring, 22.62 g of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride and 90.47 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 95 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-7) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 58,225 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
<合成例8> ポリアミック酸(P-8)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)9.71g、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル13.54g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン54.34gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物36.72g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン85.67gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で92時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-8)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は33,012であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
<Synthesis Example 8> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-8) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 9.71 g, 4,4′ -Bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl 13.54 g, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol 0.04 g, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 54.34 g were stirred under air at room temperature. After dissolution, 36.72 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 85.67 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system and allowed to stand at room temperature for 3 hours. After stirring, the mixture was stirred at 50°C for 92 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-8) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 33,012 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
<合成例9> ポリアミック酸(P-9)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)6.22g、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン10.18g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.03g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン65.70gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物23.52g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン94.08gを系内に加え、室温で2時間撹拌した後、50℃で92時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-9)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は31,175であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
<Synthesis Example 9> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-9) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 6.22 g, bis[4- (4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone 10.18 g, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol 0.03 g, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 65.70 g were stirred under air at room temperature. After dissolution, 23.52 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 94.08 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system and allowed to stand at room temperature for 2 hours. After stirring, the mixture was stirred at 50°C for 92 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-9) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 31,175 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
<合成例10> ポリアミック酸(P-10)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)6.62g、9,9-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]フルオレン(BPF-AN、JFEケミカル(株)製)13.34g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン79.86gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物25.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン25.14gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、40℃で42時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-10)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は25,249であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
<Synthesis Example 10> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-10) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 6.62 g, 9,9- 13.34 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]fluorene (BPF-AN, manufactured by JFE Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 79.86 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air. Then, 25.04 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 25.14 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone are added to the system and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After that, the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 42 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-10) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 25,249 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
<合成例11> ポリアミック酸(P-11)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)7.94g、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート10.46g、4-メトキシフェノール0.05g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン87.05gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物29.98g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン58.04gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で74時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-11)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は29,792であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
<Synthesis Example 11> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-11) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 7.94 g, bis(4- Aminophenyl)terephthalate 10.46 g, 4-methoxyphenol 0.05 g, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 87.05 g were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air, and then 4,4′-(4,4 29.98 g of '-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 58.04 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then stirred at 50°C for 74 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-11) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 29,792 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
<合成例12> ポリアミック酸(P-12)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)7.94g、1,4-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)10.46g、4-メトキシフェノール0.05g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン87.05gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物29.98g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン58.04gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、50℃で74時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-12)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は24,660であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
<Synthesis Example 12> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-12) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 7.94 g, 1,4- After dissolving 10.46 g of phenylene bis(4-aminobenzoate), 0.05 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 87.05 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature, 4,4'- (4,4′-Isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride 29.98 g and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 58.04 g were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then stirred at 50° C. for 74 hours. did. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-12) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 24,660 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
<合成例13> ポリアミック酸(P-13)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)10.95g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン17.01g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.05g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン112.00gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、ヒドロキノンジフタル酸無水物(HQDA、エア・ウォーター(株)製)32.00g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン28.00gを系内に加え、室温で2時間撹拌した後、40℃で39時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-13)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は21,092であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
<Synthesis Example 13> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-13) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 10.95 g, 2,2- 17.01 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.05 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 112.00 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were placed in air at room temperature. Then, 32.00 g of hydroquinone diphthalic anhydride (HQDA, manufactured by Air Water Inc.) and 28.00 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After stirring for 1 hour, the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 39 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-13) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 21,092 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
<合成例14> ポリアミック酸(P-14)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)8.63g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン13.41g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン88.32gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、ビス-(1,3-ジオキソ-1,3-ジヒドロイソベンゾフラン-5-カルボン酸)プロパン-2,2-ジイルビス(2-メチル-4,1-フェニレン)37.92g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン51.68gを系内に加え、室温で2時間撹拌した後、40℃で39時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-14)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は16,379であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
<Synthesis Example 14> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-14) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 8.63 g, 2,2- 13.41 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.04 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, and 88.32 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were placed in air at room temperature. bis-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-5-carboxylic acid)propane-2,2-diylbis(2-methyl-4,1-phenylene) 37 .92 g and 51.68 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and then stirred at 40° C. for 39 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-14) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 16,379 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
<合成例15> ポリアミック酸(P-15)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)6.23g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン9.68g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン63.64gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニルフルオレン二酸無水物(BPF-PA,JFEケミカル(株)製)29.09g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン41.36gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、40℃で42時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-15)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は24,559であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
<Synthesis Example 15> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-15) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 6.23 g, 2,2- After dissolving 9.68 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane and 63.64 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature, 9,9-bis[4- 29.09 g of (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenylfluorene dianhydride (BPF-PA, manufactured by JFE Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 41.36 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After stirring for 3 hours, the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 42 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-15) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 24,559 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
<合成例16> ポリアミック酸(P-16)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)5.29g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン10.36g、4-メトキシフェノール0.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン65.87gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニルフルオレン二酸無水物(BPF-PA,JFEケミカル(株)製)24.68g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン28.23gを系内に加え、室温で4時間撹拌した後、50℃で26.5時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-16)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は28,330であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
<Synthesis Example 16> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-16) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 5.29 g, 2,2- 10.36 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 0.04 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 65.87 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air. After that, 9,9-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenylfluorene dianhydride (BPF-PA, manufactured by JFE Chemical Co., Ltd.) 24.68 g, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 28 0.23 g was added to the system, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, and then stirred at 50° C. for 26.5 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-16) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 28,330 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
<合成例17> ポリアミック酸(P-17)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)6.181g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン9.60g、4-メトキシフェノール0.04g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン79.65gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、5-イソベンゾフランカルボン酸、1,3-ジヒドロ-1,3-ジオキソ-シクロヘキシリデン-4,1-フェニレンエステル(BPZ-TME、本州化学工業(株)製)24.0g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン39.82gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、50℃で63時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-17)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は13,550であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
<Synthesis Example 17> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-17) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 6.181 g, 2,2- After dissolving 9.60 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.04 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 79.65 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air with stirring at room temperature, 5-isobenzofurancarboxylic acid, 1,3-dihydro-1,3-dioxo-cyclohexylidene-4,1-phenylene ester (BPZ-TME, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 24.0 g and N-ethyl- 39.82 g of 2-pyrrolidone was added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 50° C. for 63 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-17) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 13,550 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
<合成例18> ポリアミック酸(P-18)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)8.65g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン13.44g、4-メトキシフェノール0.053g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン105.62gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、P-フェニレンビス(トリメリテート無水物)(TAHQ、マナック(株)製)15.0g、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物15.67g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン52.81gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、50℃で40時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-18)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は36,287であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
<Synthesis Example 18> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-18) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 8.65 g, 2,2- After dissolving 13.44 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.053 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 105.62 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature, P-phenylene bis(trimellitate anhydride) (TAHQ, manufactured by Manac Co., Ltd.) 15.0 g, 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride 15.67 g and N-ethyl- 52.81 g of 2-pyrrolidone was added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 50° C. for 40 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-18) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 36,287 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
<合成例19> ポリアミック酸(P-19)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)8.65g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン13.44g、4-メトキシフェノール0.054g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン107.24gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、P-フェニレンビス(トリメリテート無水物)(TAHQ、マナック(株)製)9.0g、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物22.49g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン53.62gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、50℃で40時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-19)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は34,006であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
<Synthesis Example 19> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-19) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 8.65 g, 2,2- After dissolving 13.44 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.054 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 107.24 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature, P-phenylene bis(trimellitate anhydride) (TAHQ, manufactured by Manac Co., Ltd.) 9.0 g, 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride 22.49 g and N-ethyl- 53.62 g of 2-pyrrolidone was added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 50° C. for 40 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-19) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 34,006 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
<合成例20> ポリアミック酸(P-20)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)7.418g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン11.52g、4-メトキシフェノール0.047g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン126.47gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、p-ビフェニレンビス(トリメリット酸モノエステル酸無水物)(BP-TME、本州化学(株)製)15.0g、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物13.44g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン63.23gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、50℃で40時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-20)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は28,962であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
<Synthesis Example 20> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-20) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 7.418 g, 2,2- After dissolving 11.52 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.047 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 126.47 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature, p-biphenylene bis(trimellitic monoester acid anhydride) (BP-TME, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 15.0 g, 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride 13.44 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and 63.23 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 50° C. for 40 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-20) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 28,962 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
<合成例21> ポリアミック酸(P-21)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)7.418g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン11.52g、4-メトキシフェノール0.047g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン126.47gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、p-ビフェニレンビス(トリメリット酸モノエステル酸無水物)(BP-TME、本州化学(株)製)9.0g、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物19.28g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン63.23gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、50℃で40時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-21)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は26,182であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
<Synthesis Example 21> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-21) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 7.418 g, 2,2- After dissolving 11.52 g of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 0.047 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 126.47 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature, p-biphenylenebis(trimellitic monoester acid anhydride) (BP-TME, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 9.0 g, 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride 19.28 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and 63.23 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 50° C. for 40 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-21) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 26,182 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
<合成例22> 溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-22)の合成
 合成例16で得られたポリアミック酸(P-16)40.21gに、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン80.42g、無水酢酸3.66g、及びトリエチルアミン0.61gを加えて、空気下室温で30分撹拌した後、60℃で3時間撹拌した。この溶液を、撹拌しているメタノール437.15gにゆっくりと加えた後に10分撹拌し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノール874.30gで洗浄した後に、80℃で減圧乾燥し、下記(P-22)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有する溶剤可溶型ポリイミド粉末を得た。化学イミド化率は95.3%であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
<Synthesis Example 22> Synthesis of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-22) Polyamic acid (P-16) 40.21 g obtained in Synthesis Example 16, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 80.42 g, acetic anhydride 3 0.66 g and 0.61 g of triethylamine were added, and the mixture was stirred under air at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then stirred at 60° C. for 3 hours. This solution was slowly added to 437.15 g of stirring methanol and then stirred for 10 minutes, and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. After washing the precipitate with 874.30 g of methanol, it was dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. to obtain a solvent-soluble polyimide powder having a repeating unit structure represented by (P-22) below. The chemical imidization rate was 95.3%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
<合成例23> 溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-23)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)9.51g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン18.66g、4-メトキシフェノール0.06g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン98.06gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物23.99g、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物7.87g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン42.03gを系内に加え、室温で2時間撹拌した後、50℃で24時間撹拌した。GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は29,468であった。得られたポリアミック酸50.00gに、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン100.00g、無水酢酸5.51g、及びトリエチルアミン0.91gを加えて、空気下室温で30分撹拌した後、60℃で3時間撹拌した。この溶液を、撹拌しているメタノール547.47gにゆっくりと加えた後に10分撹拌し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノール1094.94gで洗浄した後に、80℃で減圧乾燥し、下記(P-23)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有する溶剤可溶型ポリイミド粉末を得た。化学イミド化率は95.3%であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
<Synthesis Example 23> Synthesis of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-23) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 9.51 g, 2 , 2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane 18.66 g, 4-methoxyphenol 0.06 g, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 98.06 g were stirred under air at room temperature. After dissolving, 23.99 g of 4,4′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride, 7.87 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride, and N -Ethyl-2-pyrrolidone (42.03 g) was added to the system, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then stirred at 50°C for 24 hours. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured in terms of polystyrene by GPC was 29,468. 100.00 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5.51 g of acetic anhydride, and 0.91 g of triethylamine were added to 50.00 g of the obtained polyamic acid, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes in air, and then stirred at 60° C. for 3 hours. Stirred for an hour. This solution was slowly added to 547.47 g of stirring methanol and then stirred for 10 minutes, and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. After washing the precipitate with 1094.94 g of methanol, it was dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. to obtain a solvent-soluble polyimide powder having a repeating unit structure represented by (P-23) below. The chemical imidization rate was 95.3%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
<合成例24> 溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-24)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)9.25g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン18.15g、4-メトキシフェノール0.06g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン97.52gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物15.55g、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物16.76g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン41.79gを系内に加え、室温で2時間撹拌した後、50℃で24時間撹拌した。GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は30,055であった。得られたポリアミック酸50.00gに、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン100.00g、無水酢酸5.39g、及びトリエチルアミン0.89gを加えて、空気下室温で30分撹拌した後、60℃で3時間撹拌した。この溶液を、撹拌しているメタノール546.97gにゆっくりと加えた後に10分撹拌し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノール1093.94gで洗浄した後に、80℃で減圧乾燥し、下記(P-24)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有する溶剤可溶型ポリイミド粉末を得た。化学イミド化率は95.3%であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
<Synthesis Example 24> Synthesis of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-24) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 9.25 g, 2 , 2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane 18.15 g, 4-methoxyphenol 0.06 g, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 97.52 g were stirred under air at room temperature. After dissolving, 15.55 g of 4,4′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride, 16.76 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride, and N -Ethyl-2-pyrrolidone (41.79 g) was added to the system, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then stirred at 50°C for 24 hours. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured in terms of polystyrene by GPC was 30,055. 100.00 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5.39 g of acetic anhydride, and 0.89 g of triethylamine were added to 50.00 g of the obtained polyamic acid, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes in air, and then stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. Stirred for an hour. This solution was slowly added to 546.97 g of stirring methanol and then stirred for 10 minutes, and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. After washing the precipitate with 1093.94 g of methanol, it was dried at 80° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a solvent-soluble polyimide powder having a repeating unit structure represented by (P-24) below. The chemical imidization rate was 95.3%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
<比較合成例1> ポリアミック酸(P-25)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)30.00g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.13g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン90.38gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、ピロメリット酸無水物24.51g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン37.11gを系内に加え、室温で13時間撹拌した後、80℃で51時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-25)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は10,579であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
<Comparative Synthesis Example 1> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-25) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 30.00 g, 2,6 -Di-tert-butyl-p-cresol 0.13 g and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 90.38 g were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air, and then pyromellitic anhydride 24.51 g and N -Ethyl-2-pyrrolidone (37.11 g) was added to the system, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hours and then stirred at 80°C for 51 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-25) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 10,579 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
<比較合成例2> ポリアミック酸(P-26)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)42.28g、4-メトキシフェノール0.09g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン144.42gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物46.13g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン61.89gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、80℃で75時間撹拌した。下記(P-26)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有するポリアミック酸を得られた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
<Comparative Synthesis Example 2> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-26) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 42.28 g, 4-methoxy After dissolving 0.09 g of phenol and 144.42 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air at room temperature with stirring, 46.13 g of 3,3′,4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride was added. , and 61.89 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 80° C. for 75 hours. A polyamic acid having a repeating unit structure represented by (P-26) below was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
<比較合成例3> ポリアミック酸(P-27)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)31.71g、4-メトキシフェノール0.09g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン137.13gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物52.24g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン58.77gを系内に加え、室温で3時間撹拌した後、80℃で75時間撹拌した。下記(P-27)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有するポリアミック酸を得られた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
<Comparative Synthesis Example 3> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-27) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 31.71 g, 4-methoxy 0.09 g of phenol and 137.13 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air, then 52.24 g of 4,4′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride, and 58.77 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then stirred at 80° C. for 75 hours. A polyamic acid having a repeating unit structure represented by (P-27) below was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
<比較合成例4> ポリアミック酸(P-28)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)18.00g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.08g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン54.23gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物13.22g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン30.40gを系内に加え、室温で62時間撹拌した後、40℃で34時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-28)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は42,930であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
<Comparative Synthesis Example 4> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-28) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 18.00 g, 2,6 -Di-tert-butyl-p-cresol 0.08 g and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 54.23 g were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air, and then 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic 13.22 g of acid dianhydride and 30.40 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 62 hours, and then stirred at 40° C. for 34 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-28) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 42,930 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
<比較合成例5> ポリアミック酸(P-29)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)15.00g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.06g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン45.19gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、1,1’-ビシクロヘキサン-3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボン酸-3,3’,4,4’-二無水物(BPDA-H、岩谷瓦斯(株)製)17.21g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン30.12gを系内に加え、室温で62時間撹拌した後、40℃で34時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸は下記(P-29)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有し、GPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は45,136であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
<Comparative Synthesis Example 5> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-29) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 15.00 g, 2,6 0.06 g of di-tert-butyl-p-cresol and 45.19 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air, and then 1,1'-bicyclohexane-3,3 was added. 17.21 g of ',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid-3,3',4,4'-dianhydride (BPDA-H, manufactured by Iwatani Gas Co., Ltd.), and 30 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone. 12 g was added to the system and stirred at room temperature for 62 hours, and then stirred at 40° C. for 34 hours. The resulting polyamic acid had a repeating unit structure represented by (P-29) below, and had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 45,136 as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
<比較合成例6> 溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-30)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、和光純薬工業(株)製)8.60g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン16.85g、4-メトキシフェノール0.05g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン148.85gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物27.72g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン63.79gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、50℃で87時間撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸のGPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量(Mw)は27,335であった。
 得られたポリアミック酸60.00gに、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン60.00g、無水酢酸4.49g、及びピリジン0.58gを加えて、空気下室温で30分撹拌した後、50℃で3時間撹拌した。この溶液を、撹拌しているメタノール437.76gにゆっくりと加えた後に10分撹拌し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノール875.52gで洗浄した後に、60℃で減圧乾燥し、下記(P-30)で表される繰り返し単位構造を有する溶剤可溶型ポリイミド粉末を得た。化学イミド化率は93.2%であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
<Comparative Synthesis Example 6> Synthesis of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-30) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 8.60 g, 16.85 g of 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 0.05 g of 4-methoxyphenol, and 148.85 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were stirred under air at room temperature. 27.72 g of 4,4′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride and 63.79 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to the system and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Stir at 50° C. for 87 hours. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained polyamic acid measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene was 27,335.
60.00 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4.49 g of acetic anhydride, and 0.58 g of pyridine were added to 60.00 g of the obtained polyamic acid, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes in air, and then stirred at 50°C for 3 hours. Stirred for an hour. This solution was slowly added to 437.76 g of stirring methanol and then stirred for 10 minutes, and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. After washing the precipitate with 875.52 g of methanol, it was dried at 60° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a solvent-soluble polyimide powder having a repeating unit structure represented by (P-30) below. The chemical imidization rate was 93.2%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
<実施例1>
 合成例1で得られたポリアミック酸(P-1)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)27.75g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.67g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.42g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.17gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 1>
27.75 g of the solution containing the polyamic acid (P-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 (solid content concentration: 30% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.67 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.42 g and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g were mixed and dissolved. A solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
<実施例2>
 合成例2で得られたポリアミック酸(P-2)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)32.24g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.93g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.48g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.15g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.19gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 2>
32.24 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.93 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-Trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.19 g are mixed. After dissolution, filtration was performed using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例3>
 合成例2で得られたポリアミック酸(P-2)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)33.16g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.93g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.48g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.15g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.19gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 3>
33.16 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1.93 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例4>
 合成例3で得られたポリアミック酸(P-3)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)22.08g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.32g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.33g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.10g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.13g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン11.04gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 4>
22.08 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.32 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.33 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, and N After mixing and dissolving 11.04 g of ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, the solution was filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例5>
 合成例3で得られたポリアミック酸(P-3)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)32.49g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.97g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.49g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.15g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.19g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン0.71gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 5>
32.49 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.97 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.49 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) After mixing and dissolving 0.19 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and 0.71 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm. .
<実施例6>
 合成例4で得られたポリアミック酸(P-4)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)33.16g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.99g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.50g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.15g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.20gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 6>
33.16 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.99 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.50 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例7>
 合成例5で得られたポリアミック酸(P-5)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)29.96g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.80g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.45g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.13g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.18g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン2.48gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 7>
29.96 g of the solution containing the polyamic acid (P-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 (solid content concentration: 30% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.80 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.45 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.18 g, and N After mixing and dissolving 2.48 g of ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, the solution was filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例8>
 合成例5で得られたポリアミック酸(P-5)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)23.89g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.72g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.36g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.11g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.14g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン4.78gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 8>
23.89 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.72 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.36 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.11 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) After mixing and dissolving 0.14 g and 4.78 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm. .
<実施例9>
 合成例6で得られたポリアミック酸(P-6)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:20重量%)37.84g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.51g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.38g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.11g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、及び信越化学工業(株)製)0.15gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 9>
37.84 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 20% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.51 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.38 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.11 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g After mixing and dissolving, a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm.
<実施例10>
 合成例7で得られたポリアミック酸(P-7)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:20重量%)37.84g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.51g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.38g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.11g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.15gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 10>
Solution containing polyamic acid (P-7) obtained in Synthesis Example 7 (solid concentration: 20% by weight) 37.84 g, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.51 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.38 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-Trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.11 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.15 g are mixed. After dissolution, filtration was performed using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例11>
 合成例8で得られたポリアミック酸(P-8)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)22.08g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.32g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.33g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.10g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.13g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン11.04gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 11>
22.08 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.32 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.33 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, and N After mixing and dissolving 11.04 g of ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, the solution was filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例12>
 合成例8で得られたポリアミック酸(P-8)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)31.50g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.95g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.47g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.14g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.19g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン1.75gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 12>
31.50 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 8 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.95 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.47 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.14 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) After mixing and dissolving 0.19 g and 1.75 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm. .
<実施例13>
 合成例9で得られたポリアミック酸(P-9)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:20重量%)33.11g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.32g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.33g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.10g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.13gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 13>
Solution containing polyamic acid (P-9) obtained in Synthesis Example 9 (solid content concentration: 20% by weight) 33.11 g, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.32 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.33 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g are mixed. After dissolution, filtration was performed using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例14>
 合成例10で得られたポリアミック酸(P-10)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)20.75g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.25g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.31g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.09g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.12g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン2.47を混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 14>
20.75 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-10) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.25 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.31 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.09 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and N -Ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 2.47 was mixed and dissolved, and filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例15>
 合成例11で得られたポリアミック酸(P-11)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:25重量%)23.66g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン0.99g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.59g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.30g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.09g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.12gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 15>
Solution containing polyamic acid (P-11) obtained in Synthesis Example 11 (solid concentration: 25% by weight) 23.66 g, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 0.99 g, NK ester A-DOD- as a cross-linking agent N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.59 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio ) Phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime)], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.30 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl- 4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.09 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyl After mixing and dissolving 0.12 g of trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), the solution was filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition. .
<実施例16>
 合成例12で得られたポリアミック酸(P-12)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:25重量%)24.78g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.62g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.31g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.09g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.12gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 16>
24.78 g of a solution (solid concentration: 25% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-12) obtained in Synthesis Example 12, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.62 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.31 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.09 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例17>
 合成例13で得られたポリアミック酸(P-13)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)27.64g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.66g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.41g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.12g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.17gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 17>
27.64 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-13) obtained in Synthesis Example 13, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.66 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.41 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g are mixed. After dissolution, filtration was performed using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例18>
 合成例13で得られたポリアミック酸(P-13)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)28.42g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.85g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.43g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.13g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.17gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 18>
28.42 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-13) obtained in Synthesis Example 13 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.85 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.43 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例19>
 合成例14で得られたポリアミック酸(P-14)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)27.64g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.66g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.41g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.12g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.17gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 19>
27.64 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-14) obtained in Synthesis Example 14, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.66 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.41 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g are mixed. After dissolution, filtration was performed using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例20>
 合成例14で得られたポリアミック酸(P-14)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)28.42g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.85g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.43g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.13g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.17gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 20>
28.42 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-14) obtained in Synthesis Example 14 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.85 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.43 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例21>
 合成例15で得られたポリアミック酸(P-15)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)21.40g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.28g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.32g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.10g、KBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.13g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン1.77gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 21>
21.40 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-15) obtained in Synthesis Example 15 (solid content concentration: 30% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 1.28 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.32 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.10 g, KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.13 g, and N After mixing and dissolving 1.77 g of ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, the solution was filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例22>
 合成例16で得られたポリアミック酸(P-16)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)37.81g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)2.27g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.57g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.17g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.23gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 22>
37.81 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-16) obtained in Synthesis Example 16 (solid concentration: 30% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.27 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.57 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例23>
 合成例17で得られたポリアミック酸(P-17)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:25重量%)65.34g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)3.27g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.82g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.25g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.33gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 23>
65.34 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-17) obtained in Synthesis Example 17 (solid concentration: 25% by weight), NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a cross-linking agent )) 3.27 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan ( Co., Ltd.) 0.82 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4 , 6(1H,3H,5H)-Trione, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.25 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.33 g are mixed. After dissolution, filtration was performed using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例24>
 合成例18で得られたポリアミック酸(P-18)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:25重量%)38.23g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.96g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.48g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.14g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.19gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 24>
38.23 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-18) obtained in Synthesis Example 18 (solid concentration: 25% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.96 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.14 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例25>
 合成例19で得られたポリアミック酸(P-19)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:25重量%)38.23g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.96g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.48g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.14g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.19gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 25>
38.23 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-19) obtained in Synthesis Example 19 (solid concentration: 25% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.96 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.48 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.14 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例26>
 合成例20で得られたポリアミック酸(P-20)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:20重量%)38.57g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.77g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.39g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.12g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.15gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 26>
38.57 g of a solution (solid concentration: 20% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-20) obtained in Synthesis Example 20, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.77 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.39 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例27>
 合成例21で得られたポリアミック酸(P-21)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:20重量%)38.57g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)0.77g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.39g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.12g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.15gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 27>
38.57 g of a solution containing the polyamic acid (P-21) obtained in Synthesis Example 21 (solid concentration: 20% by weight), NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decanediol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.77 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O-benzoyloxime) as a photoradical initiator )], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.39 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.12 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) was mixed and dissolved, and filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例28>
 合成例22で得られた溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-22)の粉末11.02g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン25.71g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)2.20g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.55g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.17g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.22gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 28>
Powder 11.02 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-22) obtained in Synthesis Example 22, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 25.71 g, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decane Diol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.20 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-( O-benzoyloxime)], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.55 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1 , 3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.17 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.) was mixed and dissolved, and then filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例29>
 合成例23で得られた溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-23)の粉末10.89g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン26.00g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)2.18g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.54g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.16g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.22gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 29>
Powder 10.89 g of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-23) obtained in Synthesis Example 23, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 26.00 g, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decane Diol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.18 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-( O-benzoyloxime)], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.54 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1 , 3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.16 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.) was mixed and dissolved, and then filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例30>
 合成例24で得られた溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-24)の粉末10.89g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン26.00g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)2.18g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.54g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.16g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.22gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Example 30>
Powder 10.89 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-24) obtained in Synthesis Example 24, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 26.00 g, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10-decane Diol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.18 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-( O-benzoyloxime)], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.54 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1 , 3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.16 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.) was mixed and dissolved, and then filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例1>
 比較合成例1で得られたポリアミック酸(P-25)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)27.75g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.67g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.42g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.17gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Comparative Example 1>
27.75 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-25) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 1, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd.) 1.67 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 0.17 g of KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved, and then a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was applied. and filtered to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例2>
 比較合成例2で得られたポリアミック酸(P-26)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)26.17g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.57g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.39g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.16gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Comparative Example 2>
26.17 g of a solution (solid concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-26) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 2, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd.) 1.57 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 0.16 g of KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved, and then a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was applied. and filtered to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例3>
 比較合成例3で得られたポリアミック酸(P-27)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)25.08g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.50g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.38g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.15gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Comparative Example 3>
25.08 g of a solution (solid concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-27) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 3, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd.) 1.50 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 0.15 g of KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved, and then a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was applied. and filtered to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例4>
 比較合成例4で得られたポリアミック酸(P-28)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:27重量%)27.96g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.51g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.38g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.15gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Comparative Example 4>
27.96 g of a solution (solid concentration: 27% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-28) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 4, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd.) 1.51 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 0.15 g of KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved, and then a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was applied. and filtered to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例5>
 比較合成例5で得られたポリアミック酸(P-29)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30重量%)27.75g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-200(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.67g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.42g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.17gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Comparative Example 5>
27.75 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by weight) containing the polyamic acid (P-29) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 5, NK Ester A-200 (polyethylene glycol diacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd.) 1.67 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio) phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] as a photoradical initiator, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 0.17 g of KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved, and then a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was applied. and filtered to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例6>
 比較合成例6で得られた溶剤可溶型ポリイミド(P-30)の粉末9.14g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン16.98g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N(1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)1.83g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01(1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.46g、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.14g、及びKBM-5103(3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、信越化学工業(株)製)0.18gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の溶液を調製した。
<Comparative Example 6>
Powder 9.14 g of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-30) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 6, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 16.98 g, NK ester A-DOD-N (1,10- Decanediol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1.83 g, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 (1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-) as a photoradical initiator (O-benzoyloxime)], manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.46 g, IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 (1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)- 1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.14 g, and KBM-5103 (3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, Shin-Etsu Chemical Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 0.18 g was mixed and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a solution of a negative photosensitive resin composition.
〔感光性評価〕
 実施例1乃至実施例30及び比較例1乃至比較例6で調製したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を8インチシリコンウェハ上にスピンコーター(CLEAN TRACK ACT-8、東京エレクトロン(株)製)を用いて塗布し、115℃、180秒間又は270秒間焼成することで、ウェハ上に膜厚5乃至15μmの感光性樹脂膜を形成した。次に、i線ステッパー(NSR-2205i12D、ニコン(株)製)を用いて露光した。さらに、自動現像装置(AD-1200、ミカサ(株)製)を用い、現像液としてシクロペンタノンを用いて20乃至240秒間、スプレー現像した後、リンス液としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)を10秒間、スプレーリンスした。成膜直後の膜厚と0mJ/cm(未露光部)及び300mJ/cm(露光部)における現像後の膜厚を干渉膜厚計(ラムダエースVM-2110、SCREEN(株)製)を用いて測定することで、未露光部と露光部の膜厚を比較した。膜厚の測定結果を表1に示す。
[Photosensitivity evaluation]
The negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 were coated on an 8-inch silicon wafer using a spin coater (CLEAN TRACK ACT-8, manufactured by Tokyo Electron Ltd.). and baked at 115° C. for 180 seconds or 270 seconds to form a photosensitive resin film having a thickness of 5 to 15 μm on the wafer. Next, exposure was performed using an i-line stepper (NSR-2205i12D, manufactured by Nikon Corporation). Furthermore, using an automatic developing device (AD-1200, manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), spray development was performed using cyclopentanone as a developer for 20 to 240 seconds, and then propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was added as a rinse. Spray rinse for 10 seconds. The film thickness immediately after film formation and the film thickness after development at 0 mJ/cm 2 (unexposed area) and 300 mJ/cm 2 (exposed area) were measured using an interference film thickness meter (Lambda Ace VM-2110, manufactured by SCREEN Co., Ltd.). The film thicknesses of the unexposed area and the exposed area were compared by measuring using . Table 1 shows the measurement results of the film thickness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
 表1の結果から、実施例1乃至実施例30のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、現像後に未露光部(0mJ/cm)の感光性樹脂膜が十分に溶解(現像)し、露光部(300mJ/cm)の感光性樹脂膜は溶解(現像)せずに残存した。すなわち、露光部と未露光部で明瞭な感光性樹脂膜の溶解差(溶解コントラスト)が得られたことから、シクロペンタノンのような汎用的な有機溶媒を用いて現像を行うレリーフパターン作成プロセス用のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物として好適に用いることができる。一方、比較例1、比較例2、比較例4及び比較例5の感光性樹脂組成物は、現像後に未露光部(0mJ/cm)の感光性樹脂膜が十分溶解(現像)せずに残存した。すなわち、露光部と未露光部で明瞭な溶解コントラストが得られておらず、シクロペンタノンのような汎用的な有機溶媒を用いて現像を行うレリーフパターン作成プロセス用のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物として不適当である。 From the results in Table 1, the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 fully dissolved (developed) the photosensitive resin film in the unexposed area (0 mJ/cm 2 ) after development, and the exposed area (300 mJ/cm 2 ) of the photosensitive resin film remained without being dissolved (developed). That is, since a clear dissolution difference (dissolution contrast) of the photosensitive resin film was obtained in the exposed and unexposed areas, the relief pattern creation process using general-purpose organic solvents such as cyclopentanone for development It can be suitably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition for. On the other hand, in the photosensitive resin compositions of Comparative Examples 1, 2, 4 and 5, the photosensitive resin film in the unexposed area (0 mJ/cm 2 ) was not sufficiently dissolved (developed) after development. remained. That is, a negative photosensitive resin composition for a relief pattern forming process in which a clear dissolution contrast is not obtained in an exposed area and an unexposed area and development is performed using a general-purpose organic solvent such as cyclopentanone. is inappropriate as
〔電気特性評価〕
 実施例1乃至実施例30及び比較例1乃至比較例6で調製したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を20μm厚のアルミニウム箔を被覆させた4インチシリコンウェハ上にスピンコートし、ホットプレート上で115℃、180秒間又は270秒間焼成することで、アルミニウム箔上に感光性樹脂膜を形成した。次に、i線アライナー(PLA-501、キヤノン(株)製)を用いて、ウェハ上に500mJ/cmで全面露光した後、窒素雰囲気中、160℃、1時間、次いで230℃、1時間焼成した。さらに、焼成したアルミニウム箔を6N塩酸に浸漬し、アルミニウム箔を溶解させることで、フィルムを得た。次に、得られたフィルムを80℃、2時間減圧乾燥し、温度約25℃、湿度約42%の環境下で24時間放置した後、1GHzにおける誘電正接を空洞共振器(TMR-1A、キーコム(株)製)を用いて測定した。誘電正接の測定条件は以下の通りである。
 ・測定方法:摂動方式空洞共振器法
 ・ベクトルネットワークアナライザー:FieldFox N9926A(キーサイト・テクノロジーズ(株)製)
 ・空洞共振器:TMR-1A(キーコム(株)製)
 ・キャビティ容積:1192822mm
 ・測定周波数:約1GHz
 ・サンプルチューブ:PTFE製、内径:3mm、長さ約30mm(キーコム(株)製)
[Evaluation of electrical characteristics]
The negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 were spin-coated onto a 4-inch silicon wafer coated with an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm, and heated at 115 degrees on a hot plate. C. for 180 seconds or 270 seconds to form a photosensitive resin film on the aluminum foil. Next, using an i-line aligner (PLA-501, manufactured by Canon Inc.), the entire surface of the wafer was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 , then in a nitrogen atmosphere at 160° C. for 1 hour, then at 230° C. for 1 hour. Baked. Furthermore, the film was obtained by immersing the baked aluminum foil in 6N hydrochloric acid to dissolve the aluminum foil. Next, the obtained film was dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for 2 hours, left for 24 hours in an environment with a temperature of about 25° C. and a humidity of about 42%. (manufactured by Co., Ltd.). The dielectric loss tangent measurement conditions are as follows.
・Measurement method: Perturbation cavity resonator method ・Vector network analyzer: FieldFox N9926A (manufactured by Keysight Technologies Inc.)
・Cavity resonator: TMR-1A (manufactured by Keycom Co., Ltd.)
・Cavity volume: 1192822 mm 3
・Measurement frequency: about 1 GHz
・Sample tube: made of PTFE, inner diameter: 3 mm, length of about 30 mm (manufactured by Keycom Co., Ltd.)
〔機械特性評価〕
 実施例1乃至実施例30及び比較例1乃至比較例6で調製したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を100nm厚のアルミニウムウェハ上にスピンコートし、ホットプレート上で115℃、180秒間又は270秒間焼成することで、アルミニウムウェハ上に感光性樹脂膜を形成した。次に、i線アライナー(PLA-501、キヤノン(株)製)を用いて、ウェハ上に500mJ/cmで全面露光した後、窒素雰囲気中、160℃、1時間、次いで230℃、1時間焼成した。さらに、ダイシングソー(DAD323、(株)ディスコ製)で感光性樹脂膜を幅5mm間隔でカットした後、このアルミニウムウェハを6N塩酸に浸漬し、アルミニウムを溶解させることで、幅5mmのフィルムを得た。次に、得られたフィルムを卓上形精密万能試験機(オートグラフAGS-10kNX、(株)島津製作所製)を用いて、フィルムの引張伸度を測定した。引張伸度の測定条件は以下の通りである。
 ・卓上形精密万能試験機:オートグラフAGS-10kNX((株)島津製作所製)
 ・フィルム幅:5mm
 ・つかみ具間距離:25mm
 ここで、引張伸度が50%であるとは、フィルムが1.5倍まで伸びること、言い換えればつかみ具間距離が1.5倍(37.5mm)においてフィルムが破断することを意味する。
[Mechanical property evaluation]
The negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 are spin-coated on a 100 nm thick aluminum wafer and baked on a hot plate at 115 ° C. for 180 seconds or 270 seconds. By doing so, a photosensitive resin film was formed on the aluminum wafer. Next, using an i-line aligner (PLA-501, manufactured by Canon Inc.), the entire surface of the wafer was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 , then in a nitrogen atmosphere at 160° C. for 1 hour, then at 230° C. for 1 hour. Baked. Furthermore, after cutting the photosensitive resin film at intervals of 5 mm in width with a dicing saw (DAD323, manufactured by Disco Co., Ltd.), the aluminum wafer was immersed in 6N hydrochloric acid to dissolve the aluminum, thereby obtaining a film with a width of 5 mm. rice field. Next, the tensile elongation of the obtained film was measured using a desktop precision universal testing machine (Autograph AGS-10kNX, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The conditions for measuring the tensile elongation are as follows.
・Desktop precision universal testing machine: Autograph AGS-10kNX (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation)
・Film width: 5mm
・Distance between grips: 25mm
Here, the tensile elongation of 50% means that the film is stretched up to 1.5 times, in other words, the film breaks when the distance between the grips is 1.5 times (37.5 mm).
 誘電正接及び引張伸度の測定結果を表2に示す。 Table 2 shows the measurement results of dielectric loss tangent and tensile elongation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
 表2の結果から、実施例1乃至実施例30のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られたフィルムは、1GHzにおける誘電正接の値が比較例1乃至比較例5より低減化した。また、実施例1乃至実施例30のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られたフィルムは、引張伸度の値が比較例1乃至比較例6よりも向上した。
 すなわち、実施例1乃至実施例30のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物はレリーフパターンの作成が可能であり、誘電正接が低く、さらに引張伸度が高い特長を同時に有するため、優れた電気特性や機械特性を必要とする電子材料の製造に好適に用いることができる。

 
From the results in Table 2, the dielectric loss tangent values at 1 GHz of the films obtained from the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 were lower than those of Comparative Examples 1 to 5. In addition, the films obtained from the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 had higher tensile elongation values than those of Comparative Examples 1 to 6.
That is, the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 can form a relief pattern, have a low dielectric loss tangent, and have a high tensile elongation at the same time. It can be suitably used for the production of electronic materials that require properties.

Claims (18)

  1.  光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物と3つ以上の芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体との反応生成物と、溶剤とを含む、感光性樹脂組成物。 A photosensitive resin composition containing a reaction product of an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having three or more aromatic rings, and a solvent.
  2.  前記反応生成物が、ポリアミック酸又はポリアミック酸を脱水閉環して得られるポリイミドである、請求項1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the reaction product is a polyamic acid or a polyimide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing a polyamic acid.
  3.  前記ポリアミック酸が、下記式(1)で表される構造単位を少なくとも有し、
     前記ポリイミドが、下記式(2)で表される構造単位を少なくとも有する、請求項2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [式(1)中、Arは光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を示し、Arは3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す。]
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [式(2)中、Arは光重合性基及び芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を示し、Arは3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基を表す。]
    The polyamic acid has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (1),
    The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein the polyimide has at least a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [In formula (1), Ar 1 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and Ar 2 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings. ]
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [In formula (2), Ar 3 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group and an aromatic ring, and Ar 4 represents a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings. ]
  4.  前記式(1)中のAr及び前記式(2)中のArが下記式(3)で表される4価の有機基である、請求項3に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [式(3)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、チオエーテル結合又はスルホニル結合を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基を表す。Yは下記式(3-1)又は(3-2)で表される2価の有機基を表す。n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に0乃至3の整数を表す。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [式(3-1)中、Zは直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、チオエーテル結合、又はスルホニル結合を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。m1は0乃至3の整数を表す。n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。Zが複数の場合、複数のZは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。n4が複数の場合、複数のn4は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。
     式(3-2)中、Zは下記式(4)又は(5)で表される2価の有機基を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。n5及びn6はそれぞれ独立に0乃至4の整数を表す。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Rが複数の場合、複数のRは同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。]
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     
    [式(4)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6の炭化水素基を表す。*は結合手を表す。
     式(5)中、R及びR10はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキレン基又は置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6乃至10のアリーレン基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
    4. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein Ar 2 in the formula (1) and Ar 4 in the formula (2) are tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [In Formula (3), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, or a sulfonyl bond. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Y represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2). n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3; When there are multiple R 1 s, the multiple R 1s may be the same or different. When there are multiple R 2 s, the multiple R 2s may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [In formula (3-1), Z 1 represents a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, or a sulfonyl bond. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. m1 represents an integer of 0 to 3; n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When Z 1 is plural, the plural Z 1 may be the same or different. When n4 is plural, the plural n4 may be the same or different. When R 3 is plural, the plural R 3 may be the same or different. When R 4 is plural, the plural R 4 may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
    In formula (3-2), Z 2 represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (4) or (5) below. R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 5 is plural, the plural R 5 may be the same or different. When R 6 is plural, the plural R 6 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    [In Formula (4), R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. * represents a bond.
    In formula (5), R 9 and R 10 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. * represents a bond. ]
  5.  前記式(1)中のAr及び前記式(2)中のArが下記式(6)で表される2価の有機基である、請求項3又は4に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    [式(6)中、Zはエーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を示し、Zは直接結合、エステル結合又はアミド結合を表す。Zは直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、チオエーテル結合、又はスルホニル結合を表す。m2は0乃至1の整数を表す。R11は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2乃至6のアルキレン基を示し、R12は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
    The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 3 or 4, wherein Ar 1 in the formula (1) and Ar 3 in the formula (2) are divalent organic groups represented by the following formula (6). .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    [In formula (6), Z3 represents an ether bond , an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond, and Z4 represents a direct bond, an ester bond or an amide bond. Z5 represents a direct bond, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thioether bond, or sulfonyl bond. m2 represents an integer of 0 to 1; R 11 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond. ]
  6.  前記式(6)におけるZ及びZがエステル結合である、請求項5に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 5 , wherein Z3 and Z4 in formula ( 6 ) are ester bonds.
  7.  前記式(6)におけるR11が1,2-エチレン基である、請求項5又は6に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 7. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 5, wherein R 11 in formula (6) is a 1,2-ethylene group.
  8.  さらに光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む、請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  9.  さらに架橋性化合物を含む、請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a crosslinkable compound.
  10.  絶縁膜形成用である、請求項1~9のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which is used for forming an insulating film.
  11.  ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物である、請求項1~10のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, which is a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  12.  請求項1~11のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物の塗布膜の焼成物である、樹脂膜。 A resin film that is a baked product of the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  13.  絶縁膜である、請求項12に記載の樹脂膜。 The resin film according to claim 12, which is an insulating film.
  14.  基材フィルムと、請求項1~11のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物から形成される感光性樹脂層と、カバーフィルムとを有する、感光性レジストフィルム。 A photosensitive resist film comprising a base film, a photosensitive resin layer formed from the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, and a cover film.
  15. (1)請求項1~11のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を該基板上に形成する工程と、
    (2)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
    (3)該露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
    (4)該レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と
    を含む、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。
    (1) a step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11 onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate;
    (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
    (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
    (4) A method for producing a substrate with a hardened relief pattern, comprising the step of heat-treating the relief pattern to form a hardened relief pattern.
  16.  前記現像に用いられる現像液が有機溶媒である、請求項15に記載の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a cured relief patterned substrate according to claim 15, wherein the developer used for the development is an organic solvent.
  17.  請求項15又は16に記載の方法により製造された、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板。 A substrate with a cured relief pattern, manufactured by the method according to claim 15 or 16.
  18.  半導体素子と該半導体素子の上部又は下部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置であって、該硬化膜は、請求項1~11のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンである半導体装置。

     
    A semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided above or below the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is formed from the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11. A semiconductor device that is a cured relief pattern.

PCT/JP2022/007899 2021-03-22 2022-02-25 Photosensitive resin composition WO2022202098A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280019418.XA CN116982003A (en) 2021-03-22 2022-02-25 Photosensitive resin composition
KR1020237030944A KR20230160249A (en) 2021-03-22 2022-02-25 Photosensitive resin composition
JP2023508841A JPWO2022202098A1 (en) 2021-03-22 2022-02-25

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-046929 2021-03-22
JP2021046929 2021-03-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022202098A1 true WO2022202098A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Family

ID=83395591

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/007899 WO2022202098A1 (en) 2021-03-22 2022-02-25 Photosensitive resin composition

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022202098A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20230160249A (en)
CN (1) CN116982003A (en)
TW (1) TW202244131A (en)
WO (1) WO2022202098A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115626989A (en) * 2022-10-28 2023-01-20 嘉兴瑞华泰薄膜技术有限公司 Photosensitive polyimide, photosensitive polyimide film, and preparation method and application thereof
JP2023143861A (en) * 2021-03-26 2023-10-06 財團法人工業技術研究院 Photosensitive composition and film formed from the same
WO2024185652A1 (en) * 2023-03-08 2024-09-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2025142645A1 (en) * 2023-12-26 2025-07-03 住友ベークライト株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, and semiconductor device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01113748A (en) * 1987-10-27 1989-05-02 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition
JPH01118514A (en) * 1987-11-02 1989-05-11 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive polymer composition
WO1999051662A1 (en) * 1998-04-01 1999-10-14 Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Polyimide compositions
WO2021107024A1 (en) * 2019-11-27 2021-06-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000347404A (en) 1999-06-02 2000-12-15 Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd Photosensitive polymer composition and electronic parts using the same and its manufacture

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01113748A (en) * 1987-10-27 1989-05-02 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition
JPH01118514A (en) * 1987-11-02 1989-05-11 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive polymer composition
WO1999051662A1 (en) * 1998-04-01 1999-10-14 Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Polyimide compositions
WO2021107024A1 (en) * 2019-11-27 2021-06-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2023143861A (en) * 2021-03-26 2023-10-06 財團法人工業技術研究院 Photosensitive composition and film formed from the same
JP7456038B2 (en) 2021-03-26 2024-03-26 財團法人工業技術研究院 Photosensitive composition and film produced using the same
CN115626989A (en) * 2022-10-28 2023-01-20 嘉兴瑞华泰薄膜技术有限公司 Photosensitive polyimide, photosensitive polyimide film, and preparation method and application thereof
WO2024185652A1 (en) * 2023-03-08 2024-09-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2025142645A1 (en) * 2023-12-26 2025-07-03 住友ベークライト株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, and semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20230160249A (en) 2023-11-23
CN116982003A (en) 2023-10-31
TW202244131A (en) 2022-11-16
JPWO2022202098A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7131557B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
US12174539B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, production method for polyimide, production method for cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
WO2022202098A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
WO2023106104A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP6935982B2 (en) Resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
JP2010009052A (en) Photosensitive resin component, pattern forming method and semiconductor device
JP7331860B2 (en) Photosensitive insulating film composition
WO2023106108A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
WO2023106101A1 (en) Resin composition
WO2021117586A1 (en) Photosensitive insulating film-forming composition
JP7332076B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition for insulating film formation
TW202204472A (en) Photosensitive insulating film forming composition
WO2021070232A1 (en) Polyimide precursor, resin composition, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing patterned cured film, cured film, interlayer insulating film, cover coat layer, surface-protective film, and electronic component
JP2023156304A (en) Photosensitive insulation film composition
TWI827467B (en) Photosensitive resin composition for insulating film formation
JP2022073737A (en) A method for producing a photosensitive resin composition and a cured film
JP7471480B2 (en) Resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
JP2023127745A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
WO2024219463A1 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern using same, and cured film
WO2025088705A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing patterned cured product, cured product, and electronic component
WO2024090486A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
JP2022050106A (en) Negative photosensitive resin compositions, cured films and compounds

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22774896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280019418.X

Country of ref document: CN

Ref document number: 2023508841

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22774896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1